United States
       Environmental Protection
       Agency
Office of Air Quality
Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
EPA-454/R-99-046
September 1999
       Air
       LIME MANUFACTURING EMISSIONS TEST
E PA  REPORT (FOURIER TRANSFORM INFRARED
       SPECTROSCOPY)

       FINAL REPORT

       Chemical Lime Company
       (Formerly APG Lime Company)
       Ripplemead, Virginia

-------
  LIME MANUFACTURING EMISSIONS TEST REPORT
(FOURIER TRANSFORM INFRARED SPECTROSCOPY)
                                          FINAL REPORT
                                         Chemical Lime Company
                                     (Formerly APG Lime Company)
                                            Ripplemead, Virginia
                                                  Prepared for
                                      Emission Measurement Center
                          United States Environmental Protection Agency
                           Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
                                          Attn: Michael L. Toney
                                     EPA Contract No. 68-D-98-027
                                           Work Assignment 2-11
                                   MRI Project No. 104951-1-015-05
                                             September 30, 1999

-------
11

-------
                                       Preface
       This report was prepared by Midwest Research Institute (MRI) for the U. S.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) under EPA Contract No. 68-D-98-027, Work
Assignment No. 2-11. Mr. Micheal Toney is the EPA Work Assignment Manager (WAM).
Dr. Thomas Geyer is the MRI Work Assignment Leader (WAL). The field test was performed,
and draft and revised test reports were submitted under EPA Contract No. 68-D2-0165, Work
Assignment No. 4-01. Mr. Dennis Holzschuh and Michael Toney were the EPA WAMs for the
Emission Measurement Center (EMC) under Work Assignemnt 4-01.

       This report presents the procedures, schedule, and test results for an emissions test
performed at APG Lime Company in Ripplemead Virginia. The field test was conducted in
October, 1996. The draft and revised test reports were submitted in January and September
1997, respectively. MRI performed FTIR emissions measurements at the inlet and outlet of a
baghouse control device and at the cooling stack using EPA Method 320. Method 320 has since
been promulgated in the Federal Register on May 19, 1999. The report has been updated, but no
changes have been made to the results since the draft reports.

       This report consists of one volume (250 pages) with six sections and five appendices.

                                       Midwest Research Institute
                                       Andrew Trenholm
                                       Deputy Program Manager
Approved:
Jeff Shular
Director, Environmental Engineering Division

September 30, 1999
                                         111

-------
IV

-------
                           TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIST OF FIGURES 	vi
LIST OF TABLES	  vii

1.0 INTRODUCTION	1-1
      1.1 BACKGROUND  	1-1
      1.2 PROJECT SCOPE 	1-1
      1.3 PROJECT PERSONNEL	1-2

2.0 TEST LOCATIONS	2-1
      2.1 NO. 2 COOLER STACK	2-1
      2.2 NO. 1 KILN BAGHOUSE INLET	2-1
      2.3 NO. 1 KILN BAGHOUSE OUTLET	2-1

3.0 RESULTS   	3-1
      3.1 TEST SCHEDULE	3-1
      3.2 COOLING STACK	3-1
      3.3 BAGHOUSE INLET  	3-1
      3.4 BAGHOUSE OUTLET 	3-2
      3.5 ANALYTE SPIKING AND VALIDATION OF HC1 	3-2

4.0 FTIR TEST PROCEDURES 	  4-1
      4.1 SAMPLING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION	4-1
           4.1.1 Sampling System Components  	4-1
           4.1.2 Sample Conditioning	4-3
      4.2 SAMPLING PROCEDURE	4-3
           4.2.1 Testing Two Locations Simultaneously	  4-3
           4.2.2 Testing a Single Location 	   4-4
      4.3 SAMPLING PROCEDURES  	4-4
           4.3.1 Batch Sampling	4-4
           4.3.2 Flow Through Measurements 	4-4
           4.3.3 Dilution Samples	    	4-6
           4.3.4 Condenser Samples  	4-6
      4.4 ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES  	4-6
      4.5 FTIR SYSTEM	4-7
      4.6 ANALYTE SPIKING	4-7
      4.7 ANALYSIS OF SPIKED RESULTS	4-8
      4.8 SCREENING FOR HAPs	4-8

5.0 SUMMARY OF FTIR QA/QC PROCEDURES	5-1
      5.1 SAMPLING AND TEST CONDITIONS	5-1
      5.2 FTIR SPECTRA	5-3
      5.3 CORRECTIVE ACTIONS	5-3

-------
6.0  REFERENCES	6-1

APPENDIX A.    ADDITIONAL DATA AND CALCULATIONS
APPENDIX B.    FIELD DATA RECORDS
APPENDIX C.    FTIR ANALYTICAL RESULTS
APPENDK D.    PROCESS DESCRIPTION AND DATA
APPENDIX E.    EPA (FTIR) Method 320
                 EPA FTIR PROTOCOL

                                LIST OF FIGURES
                                                                             Page

Figure 2-1.   Test locations at the APG cooling stack	2-2
Figure 2-2.   Test location at the APG baghouse inlet	2-3
Figure 2-3.   Test location at the APG baghouse outlet	2-4
Figure 3-1.   Concentrations at APG baghouse inlet. Run 1, 10/22/96 	3-32
Figure 3-2.   Concentrations at APG baghouse inlet. Run 1, 10/22/96	3-33
Figure 3-3.   Concentrations at APG baghouse inlet. Run 2, 10/23/96	3-34
Figure 3-4.   HC1 concentrations at APG baghouse inlet.  Run 2, 10/23/96  	3-35
"igure 3-5.   Concentrations at APG baghouse inlet. Run 3, 10/24/96	3-36
Figure 3-6.   HC1 concentrations at APG baghouse inlet.  Run 3, 10/24/96  	3-37
Figure 3-7.   Concentrations at APG baghouse outlet. Run 1,  10/22/96	3-38
Figure 3-8.   HC1 concentrations at APG baghouse outlet. Run 1, 10/22/96  	3-39
Figure 3-9.   Concentrations at APG baghouse outlet. Run 2,  10/23/96	3-40
Figure 3-10.  HC1 concentrations at APG baghouse outlet. Run 2, 10/23/96  	3-41
Figure 3-11.  Concentrations at APG baghouse outlet. Run 3,  10/24/96	3-42
Figure 3-12.  HC1 concentrations at APG baghouse outlet. Run 3, 10/24/96	3-43
Figure 4-1.   FTIR sampling system configuration	4-2
Figure 4-2.   FTIR instrument configuration	  4-5
                                        VI

-------
                            LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 1-1.  PROJECT CONTACTS	 1-2
TABLE 3-1.  SCHEDULE OF FTIR TESTING AT APG	3-4
TABLE 3-2.  FTIR RESULTS FROM THE APG COOLING STACK,
           10/21/96  	3-7
TABLE 3-3.  FTIR RESULTS FROM THE APG BAGHOUSE INLET,
           RUN 1, 10/22/96  	3-8
TABLE 3-4.  FTIR RESULTS FROM THE APG BAGHOUSE INLET,
           RUN 2, 10/23/96  	3-10
TABLE 3-5.  FTIR RESULTS FROM THE APG BAGHOUSE INLET,
           RUN 3, 10/24/96  	3-11
TABLE 3-6.  FTIR RESULTS FROM THE APG BAGHOUSE OUTLET,
           RUN 1, 10/22/96  	3-13
TABLE 3-7.  FTIR RESULTS FROM THE APG BAGHOUSE OUTLET,
           RUN 2, 10/23/96  	'	3-15
TABLE 3-8.  FTIR RESULTS FROM THE APG BAGHOUSE OUTLET,
           RUN 3, 10/24/96  	3-17
TABLE 3-9.  RESULTS OF HCL SPIKING AT APG BAGHOUSE INLET,
           RUN 1, 10/22/96  	3-20
TABLE 3-10. RESULTS OF HCL SPIKING AT BAGHOUSE OUTLET,
           RUN 2, 10/23/96  	3-21
TABLE 3-11. RESULTS OF HCL SPIKING AT APG BAGHOUSE
           OUTLET, RUN 3, 10/24/96	3-22
TABLE 3-12. APG BAGHOUSE INLET. ESTIMATED UNCERTANTffiS
           FOR NON-DETECTS 	3-23
TABLE 3-13. APG BAGHOUSE OUTLET. ESTIMATED UNCERTANTffiS
           FOR NON-DETECTS 	3-26
TABLE 3-14. APG COOLING STACK. ESTIMATED UNCERTANTffiS
           FOR NON-DETECTS 	3-29
                                  vn

-------
                                 1.0  INTRODUCTION

1.1  BACKGROUND
       The Emission Measurement Center (EMC) of the U. S. EPA received a request from the
Minerals and Inorganic Chemicals Group (MICG) of the U.S. EPA to perform emissions testing
at coal-fired lime kilns.  In partial fulfillment of the test request EMC issued Work
Assignments 2-11 and 4-01 under EPA Contract Nos. 68-D-98-027 and 68-D2-0165,
respectively, to Midwest Research Institute (MRI).  The purpose of this project was to measure
organic and inorganic hazardous air pollutants (HAPs) using a test method based on Fourier
transform infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy.  This report describes the test procedures and presents
results of the testing at the Chemical Lime Company's (formerly APG Lime Company) plant in
Ripplemead, Virginia.
1.2  PROJECT SCOPE
       Three locations were tested at APG: the  inlet and outlet of a baghouse controlling
particulate emissions off of the kiln, and the  stack from the cooler where the product is cooled.
       The procedures followed in this test are described in EPA  FTIR Method 320 and the
EPA FTIR Protocol (Appendix D and references 1 and 2).  The objectives of the field test were
to:  (1) screen for hazardous air pollutants (HAPs) regulated in Title in of the 1990 Clean Air Act
Amendments, (2) measure, if detected, compounds that have been previously measured at cement
kilns (e.g., formaldehyde, naphthalene, p-xylene), and (3) measure other pollutants such as SO2
and NOX.
       The test request specifically identified HC1 as a target analyte. This facility used coal as
the fuel to fire the kiln, and HC1 has been measured with FTIR methods at other coal-burning
                                          1-1

-------
facilities.  Method 3201 uses an analyte spiking procedure for quality assurance or Method 301
validation to verify that the sampling system is suitable for measuring target analyte(s) at the
expected concentration. In this test, analyte spiking was performed using an HC1 cylinder
standard from Scott Specialty Gases.
       In the FTTR screening procedure, spectra of gas samples contained in a leak tight infrared
gas cell are recorded at regular intervals over a sampling run.  Typically, 8 to 10 sample spectra
are recorded per hour. These spectra are then analyzed using reference spectra in the EPA FTIR
spectral library to detect and measure any HAPs in the sample. Unidentified spectral features are
analyzed to check for the presence of other compounds for which there may currently be no
reference spectra.
1.3 PROJECT PERSONNEL
       This project was administered by the Emission Measurement Center (EMC) of the U.S.
EPA. The Test Request was initiated by the Minerals and Inorganic Chemicals Group (MICG)
of the Office of Air Quality and Standards (OAQPS).  Key project personnel are listed in
Table 1-1. Environmental Testing Services, Inc. (ETS) and Envirostaff, Inc., assisted assist MRI
in the field test. Dr. Grant Plummer of Rho Squared assisted in analyzing the data.
                           TABLE 1-1. PROJECT CONTACTS
APG Lime Co.
EMC Work Assignment
Managers
MRIWAL
Ronald E. Bonnema
Michael Toney
Thomas Geyer
(540)626-7163
(919) 541-5247
(919)851-8181
Ex.3120
                                          1-2

-------
                                2.0 TEST LOCATIONS

       The information in this Section is summarized from material provided by Pacific
Environmental Services, Inc. (PES). Figures 2-1 through 2-3 were also prepared by PES.
       APG Lime Company has three coal-fired rotary kilns. The emissions from each kiln are
controlled by a fabric filter baghouse. Each kiln has a cooler exhaust stack that is uncontrolled.
Testing was performed at the No. 2 cooler stack and at the No. 1 kiln baghouse inlet and outlet.
2.1 NO. 2 COOLER STACK
       The sampling ports were in a (71.25-in. ID) round, vertical stack, 192 in. upstream and
372 in. downstream of the nearest flow disturbances. The sampling location was indoors just
above floor level.  The test location was within 100-ft of the where the FTIR trailer was parked.
The FTIR sampling ports were about 2-ft below the manual test ports shown in Figure 2-1.
2.2 No. 1 KILN BAGHOUSE INLET
       The inlet sampling ports were in a round horizontal duct (72 in ID) 47  ft downstream of
the nearest flow disturbance and about  9 ft upstream of the nearest flow disturbance.  The FTIR
sampling ports were about 5 ft downstream of the manual test ports shown in Figure 2-2.  Access
was provided by scaffolding that was erected prior to the test.
       The baghouse inlet location was within 100 ft of the FTIR trailer location.
2.3 No. 1 KILN BAGHOUSE OUTLET
       The outlet sampling ports were  in a 72.25 in. ID round vertical stack, 390 in. downstream
of the nearest flow disturbance and 390 in. before the stack exit. The FTIR sampling port was
one of the four (A, B, C, and D) shown in Figure 2-3 (in the  same plane  and 90° apart).
       The sampling location was within 100 ft of the FTIR trailer location.
                                         2-1

-------



Floor


o
JN
c«

~j
— 1
1 '
/iS&E3E8SBi8HBfiS8SW

































\





S~
(
\ s
X
^t
CfO«S

^^ 	
/\
A
•SZ. 	 \4"
Section

7L25" ID










ID Nipples 3 25" Deep

SAMPLE TRAVERSE
Point
Number
*
f-










'
1
2
•3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Fraction of
Stack ID

.02!
.067
.118
.177
.250
J56
.644
.750
.823
.8*2
.933
579
Dixttac*
Inches

1^0
4.75
8.44
1Z63
17J1
25J8
45.88
53.44
58.63
62JI
66JO
69.75


POINT LOCATIONS
Port Depth Port Location
Inches

3.25
3.25
3^5
305
305
3O5
305
305
3O5
3O5
305
3.2S
Inches

4.75
8.00
11.69
15.88
21.06
28.63
49.13
56.69
61.88
66.06
69.75
73.00

Figure 2-1.  No. 2 kiln cooling stack location.
                    2-2

-------
From
Kiln
Flow
                                                                                    Baghouse
                 SAMPLR TRAVERSE POINT LOCATIONS
Point
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Friction of
Slack ID
.026
.082
.146
.226
.342
.658
.774
.854
.911
.974
Distance
IBCBCJ
1.9
5.9
10.5
16.3
24.6
47.4
55.7
61.5
66.1
70.1
                                                                      ?2"
                                                              CroM-Seciion
                          Figure 2-2.  Kiln No. 1 baghouse inlet location.
                                              2-3

-------
                     O
Platform
 Ground
                                                                B
                                                                         72^5" ID
                                                                         4 4-iach ID Ports 6" deep
                                                            Cross Section
                                                        SAMPLE TRAVE?*P POINT LOCATIONS
                                                   Point  Fraction of  Duaoce  Port D«pdi Port Location
                                                 Number  Sack ID   inches    Inches     Inches
1
2
3
4
5
.026
.082
.146
.226
J42
\JU
554
10.56
16J1
24.69
6.00
6JOO
6JOO
6.00
6.00
7.IS
1154
16J6
22J1
30.69
                                                From
                                                Fan
                       Figure 2-3.  Kiln No. 1 baghouse outlet location.
                                             2-4

-------
                                    3.0 RESULTS

3.1  TEST SCHEDULE
       A summary of the test schedule is given in Table 3-1 at the back of this section.  The
FTIR test runs were coordinated with manual and Method 25A testing conducted by Pacific
Environmental Services (PES). Process conditions were monitored by Research Triangle
Institute (RTI). The schedule also shows the test runs where analyte spiking was performed. A
complete record of the FTIR sampling is in Appendix B.
3.2  COOLING STACK
       Table 3-2 shows the analytical results for HC1, SF6, and CO and the deviation from
100 percent recovery of the HC1 spike.
3.3  BAGHOUSE INLET
       The primary emissions from the baghouse inlet were water vapor, CO2, HC1, SO2, and
CO.  The spectra were also analyzed for NO and NO2.  The NOX compounds were difficult to
measure because of moisture interference, except in the samples treated with the condenser.
Tables 3-3 to 3-5 present the ppm results for the analysis of HC1, SO2, SF6 and CO. Figures  3-1
to 3-6 present the same results graphically.
       The sample flow rate during Run 1 was very consistent.  But during Run 2 the flow
steadily decreased as the run progressed until the sampling rate was only about 1 to 2 LPM for
the latter part of the run. This is the reason for the lower HC1 concentrations measured at the
inlet during Run 2. (It is important to maintain sample flow rate of at least  5 1pm or HC1 can be
reduced in a moist sampling system.) Additionally, with such a low flow rate, it is difficult to fill
the FTIR cell and maintain a positive flow out the manifold vent to prevent air from diluting the
sample back through the vent. The particulate filter was replaced during Run 1, but there was not
enough particulate collected to cause the severe flow restriction.  During Run 3 the flow also

                                          3-1

-------
 decreased and a block was removed from near the back of the probe just upstream of the
 particulate filter. After this block was removed the flow was again very consistent for the
 remainder of Run 3.
 3.4 BAGHOUSE OUTLET
       Tables 3-6 to 3-8 present the measured concentrations for HC1, SO2, SF6, and CO at the
 baghouse outlet. The results are presented graphically in Figures 3-7 to 3-12. The gas stream
 composition was very similar to the inlet.
       Except for Run 2 there is good agreement between the measured HCl concentrations at
 the inlet and outlet.  The flow restriction at the inlet during Run 2 may have introduced a low
 bias in the Run 2 HCl concentrations. Sample flow at the  outlet was very stable during all three
 runs.
       Additionally, the magnitude and period of the variation in flue gas HCl concentrations
 was very similar in the spiked and unspiked portions of the test runs.

 3.5 ANALYTE SPIKING AND VALIDATION OF HCl
       The inlet sample was spiked with the HCl gas standard for part of Run  1. Table 3-9
 presents an EPA Method 301 (reference 5) analysis of the  spiked and unspiked results.  The
 statistical analysis gave a t-statistic that meets Method 301 criteria for using the method without
 correction (the calculated correction factor was nearly 1).  The spiked and unspiked
 measurements were not synchronized, but the stack gas HCl concentration was consistent enough
 to allow the comparison.
       Sample from the outlet was spiked with HCl  standard during parts of Runs 2 and 3. A
Method 301 analysis  of the spiked and unspiked HCl measurements is presented in Tables 3-10
and 3-11 for Runs 2 and 3, respectively. The statistical analysis of the Run 2 results gave a
t-statistic outside of Method 301 criteria.  The calculated correction factor for Run 2 was
nearly 1.5, which also exceeds the Method 301 requirement. However, the analysis of the Run 3
spike results gave a t-statistic within Method 301 criteria (the calculated correction factor was
nearly 1).
       Statistically, the reason for the "failure" of the Run 2 spiked results is that the unspiked
concentrations varied over a greater range than the spiked results.  This can happen when the

                                          3-2

-------
spiked and unspiked measurements are made sequentially and the flue gas analyte concentration
varies with time. For most of the testing, however, the HC1 concentrations were relatively
consistent and the Run 1 inlet and Run 3 outlet results passed the Method 301 criteria.
                                           3-3

-------
TABLE 3-[.SCHEDULE OF FTIR TESTING AT APG
Dale
10/21/96
10/22/96
Time(Bkg&
Cals)
951-1159

1209

1303
1315



1452-1502
1507-1512
1515-1853
840-900

1048

1051-1056








1844-1847


1907-1937
Time (sampling)

1202-1204

1212-1257


1324-1333
1343
1353-1444




1030

1050

1057-1434
1438
1439-1500
1504
1504-1739
1740
1741-1806
1813-1839

1855-1857
1900-1901

Cooling stack
Background, Calibrations, and leak check
Cooling stack APG
Background
Cooling stack
Background
started SF6 spike
SF6 @ 0.481pm (Cooling slack)
started HC1 spike
Spiked w/HCI (Cooling stack)
HCI 103 ppm flowing through cell
SF64.01 ppm in cell
Background and Calibrations
Background and Calibrations

Kiln No 1. baghouse inlet



Probe in inlet
Calibrations
Baghouse inlet
SF6 spike on
SF6 spike
started HCI spike
HCI spike
HCI spike off
SF6 spike
ambient sample


ambient air through probe
Background and calibrations
Kiln No 1 baghouse outlet

Probe in outlet
Dry N2


Baghouse outlet

Unspiked

Unspiked


ambient sample
SF6 spike
ambient air through probe



-------
                                               TABLE 3-1. (continued)
Date
10/23/96
10/23/96
Time (Bkg &
Cals)

854-1020




1052-1057














1625-1633


Time (sampling)
850

1028-1036
1037-1039
1040
1045

1059-1301
1307
1310-1316
1317-1327
1330-1336
1331
1337
1339-1534
1538
1539-1602
1603
1605-1610
1612-1613
1617

1637-1715
1720
Cooling slack

Kiln No 1 baghouse inlet



ambient air

Inlet probe in stack
Calibrations


Inlet flowing sample
SF6 spike
Inlet flowing


Spiked

Inlet flowing

ambient air through inlet probe



ambient air samples

Kiln No 1. baghouse outlet
ambient air sample
Background, calibration, and leak
check
ambient through probe

Outlet probe in stack


Outlet HAV
SF6 spike to outlet



HC1 spike on to outlet
Evacuated cell and jumper line
Spiked
HCI spike off, SF6 spike on
Spiked
SF6 spike off

H/W outlet
Outlet probe out of stack
Background and calibrations
ambient air samples
started N2 purge through both sample
lines
Ui

-------
TABLE 3-1. (continued)
Date
10/24/96
Time (Bkg &
Cals)
838-1106










1959

2023-2031

2049-2212
Time (sampling)

1108-1415
1416-1437
1441
1448-1619
1621
1623-1624
1628-1629
1632-1645
1647
1650-1957

2003-2018

2034-2041

Cooling slack






Kiln No 1. baghouse inlet

Unspiked
Unspiked

Unspiked

Unspiked

Unspiked

Unspiked

ambient air sample

ambient air sample

Kiln No 1. baghouse outlet
Background, calibrations, and leak
check
Unspiked
spiked w/SF6
started HCI spike
Spiked w/HCI
HCI spike off

SF6 spike
Spiked
SF6 spike off
Unspiked
Background
ambient air sample
Background and calibrations
ambient air sample
Background and calibrations

-------
TABLE 3-2  FTIR RESULTS FROM THE APG COOLING STACK, 10/21/96.
File name l
COOLHOOl
COOLH002
COOLC003
COOLC004
COOLH005
COOLH006
COOLH007
COOLH008
COOLH009
COOLH010
COOLH011
COOLH012
COOLS013
COOLS014
COOLS015
COOLS016
COOLS017
COOLS019
COOLS020
COOLS021
HC1 expected =
HO spike averaj
percent deviatior
Time
12:03
12:11
12:16
12:21
12:25
12:30
12:34
12:40
12:43
12:48
12:51
12:54
13:24
13:27
13:31
13:53
14:21
14:28
14:34
14:40
3.94
3.12
-20.71%
HCI ppm
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
1.447
2.643
3.148
3.572



4* a
0.493
0.480
0.501
0.525
0.517
0.540
0.515
0.533
0.532
0.545
0.508
0.533
0.578
0.663
0.825
0.503
0.529
0.570
0.553
0.561



SF6 ppm
0.000
0.009
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.151
0.156
0.153
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.153
4.01
26.17
4*a
0.006
0006
0.007
0.007
0.006
0.006
0.007
0.006
0.006
0.007
0.006
0.006
0.011
0.009
0.011
0.005
0.006
0.007
0.007
0.007
CO ppm
9.6
10.5
16.4
16.4
11.2
11.4
15.9
18.9
9.3
9.4
9.9
9.4
21.7
14.8
15.9
13.9
15.8
12.6
12.7
12.9
= SF6 average concentration
4* a
4.24
4.1 '1
6.02
6.51
5.67
5.63
6.34
6.01
5.53
5.82
5.87
5.88
6.02
6.06
6.19
5.31
6.60
7.28
7.24
7.43

= SF6 standard concentration
= dilution


CO Ibs/hr
2.42E-01
2.64E-01
4.13E-01
4.12E-01
2.83E-01
2.87E-01
4.00E-01
4.75E-01
2.35E-01
2.36E-01
2.49E-01
2.36E-01
5.70E-01
3.87E-01
4.16E-01
3.64E-01
4.13E-01
3.31 E-01
3.32E-01
3.39E-01
3.44E-01


1 - File name: "COOL" cooling stack; "H" untreated; "S" spiked (bold indicates with HCI or with SF 6);
"4*sigma" - estimated uncertainty.

-------
 TABLE 3-3   FTIR RESULTS FROM THE APG BAGHOUSE INLET, RUN 1, 10/22/96.
File name1
BAGIH001
BAGIH002
BAGIH003
BAGIH004
BAGIH005
BAGIH006
BAGIH007
BAGIH008
BAGIC009
BAGIC010
BAGIF01 1
BAGIF012
BAGIF013
BAGIH014
BAGIF015
BAGIH016
BAGIS017
BAGIS018
BAGIS019
BAGIS020
BAGIS021
BAGIS022
BAGISF23
BAGISF24
BAGISF25
Time
11:08
11:13
11:28
11:31
11:46
11:49
12:14
12:19
12:35
12:39
13:10
13:17
14:05
14:10
14:27
14:33
14:51
14:54
14:59
15:17
15:20
15:25
15:32
15:39
15:45
SO2 ppm
192.2__
203.2
214.6
214.2
218.7
221.7
221.9
221.3
160.6
158.1
232.6
238.0
243.3
240.8
213.5
163.6
81.0
86.9
190.0
175.6
174.7
175.8
177.5
163.1
167.5
4*CT
5.2
_._L3 	 	
5.6
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
6.0
4.0
4.0
6.2
6.3
6.5
6.3
6.2
5.8
4.8
5.0
5.4
5.4
5.3
5.5
5.6
5.5
5.5
SO2 Ibs/hr
102.9
108.8
114.9
114.7
'
117.1
	 " " ' " 	
118.7
118.8
118.5
86.0
84.6
124.5
- 	 •-
127.4
130.3
128.9
114.3
87.6
54.4
58.4
127.7
118.1
117.4
118.2
119.3
109.6
112.6
SF6 ppm
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.814
0.831
0.818
0.029
0.000
0.000
o.ooo
0.000
0.000
4*a
0.028
0.028
0.030
0.029
0.030
0.030
0.031
0.032
0.021
0.021
0.033
0.034
0.034
0.033
0.033
0.031
0.026
0.026
0.029
0.029
0.028
0.029
0.030
0.029
0.029
CO ppm
1198.8
1266.2
1263.0
1241.1
1194.5
1279.9
1260.3
1363.9
1421.7
1294.3
1324.9
1302.5
1323.8
1452.4
798.0
282.7
39.1
22.5
1149.7
1221.5
1240.4
1027.6
1048.4
762.1
966.5
4*CT
284.9
274.5
287.2
283.9
312.0
278.8
286.1
305.7
330.3
255.9
276.7
265.7
263.8
371.2
135.8
51.0
16.9
17.6
274.2
256.1
263.6
232.0
237.3
139.3
225.9
CO Ibs/hr
280.8
296.5
295.8
290.6
279.7
299.7
295.2
319.4
333.0
303.1
310.3
305.0
310.0
340.1
186.9
66.2
11.5
6.6
338.2
3593
364.8
302.3
308.4
224.2
284.3
HC1 ppm
6.4
7.3
26.0
26.8
25.0
28.8
24.7
30.3
2.7
1.6
38.1
38.8
42.8
36.8
41.1
40.5
27.5
27.8
30.2
49.8
49.8
53.9
58.1
57.5
58.6
4*a
0.9
0.9
1.4
1.4
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.4 j
1
0.5
0.5
1.6
1.7
1.7
1.5
1.6
1.5
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.7
1.7
1.8
2.0
2.0
2.0
HC1 Ibs/hr
2.0
2.3
8.0
8.2
7.7
8.9
7.6
9.3


11.7
11.9
13.2
11.3
12.6
12.4
10.6
10.7
i
i 11.7





oo
I - File name: "BAGI" haghouse inlet; "H" untreated; "F" (lowing; "S" spiked (bold indicates SFb or HC1); "A" ambient air through the sampling system; "C" condenser sample.
"4*sigma" - estimated uncertainty.

-------
TABLE 3-3   CONTINUED
File name1
BAGIS026
BAGIS027
BAGIS028
BAGIS029
BAGIS030
BAGIS031
BAGIS032
BAGIS033
BAGIS034
BAGLS035
BAGIS036
BAGIS037
BAGIS038
BAGIS039
BAGIS040
BAGIA041
BAGIA042
BAGIA043
BAGIA044
BAGIA045
Average Ibs

	
Time
15:54
16:04
16:14
16:24
16:33
16:42
16:51
17:01
17:10
17:18
17:27
17:38
17:55
18:00
18:04
18:14
18:18
18:28
18:37
19:00
per hour =

	
SO2 ppm
166.3
164.2
141.4
199.1
79.6
109.0
191.5
185.5
138.7
138.0
211.2
126.8
182.7
183.2
171.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0

4 * CT j SO2 Ibs/hr
5.5
111.8
5.6 j 110.4
5.4 95.1
l 	
5.5 133.9
5.1 |_ 53.5
5.1 1 73.3
5.5
5.5
5.3
5.5
5.7
5.4
128.8
124.7
93.2
92.8
142.0
85.3
5.2 ! 122.9
5.5 [ 123.2
5.6 114.9
1.8
1.8


1.9 !
1
2.2
2.7
108.5
Average SF6 =
Standard SF
dilution =
6 -


SF6 ppm
0.000
4*a
0.029
0.000 0.030
0.000 0.029
0.000
0.029
0.000 0.027
0.000 j 0.027
0.000 0.029
0.000 ! 0.029
i
0.000 0.028
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.814
0.807
0.820
0.029
0.030
0.028
0.028
0.029
0.030
0.015 ().(X)9
0.014
0.017
0.017
0.022

0.817
4.01
	 4.906
0.009
"'
0.010
0.012
0.014

0.028
	
CO ppm 4 * a
1363.7
1634.6
432.1
1078.6
53.4
28.6
1199.7
1288.7
295.8
437.3
76.7
249.6
20.1
19.2
	 284.1
284.0
245.1 48.4
1
423.7 | 77.0
1216.6
140.2
1028.5
1235.5
1616.4
62.4
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0

3.43%

276.8
36.5
221.0
274.1
446 .4
13.9
8.2
8.7
9.1
8.9



CO Ibs/hr
401.1
4808
1271
317.3
15.7
8.4
352.9
379.1
72.1
124.6
3579
41.2
302 5
3634
475.4





263.3

DSCFM =
% moisture =
HCI ppm
46.7
49.0
53.4
56.1
54.9
58.4
57.8
54.4
57.9
55.5
58.0
55.1
28.7
31.7
29.3
5.8
3.7
2.5
1.6
0.7


51576
3.9
4*a
1.5
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.9
2.0
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.9
2.0
1.8
HCI Ibs/hr












1.0 11.1
1.1
12.2
1.1 ! 11.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5


	




9.7

- 	
1 - File name: "BAGI" baghouse inlet; "H" untreated; "P" (lowing;  "S" spiked (hold indicates SPb or HCI); "A" ambient air through the sampling system; "C" condenser sample.
"4*sigma" - estimated uncertainty.

-------
 TABLE 3-4  FTIR RESULTS FROM THE APG BAGHOUSE INLET, RUN 2, 10/23/96.
File name '
BAGIA201
BAGIH202
BAGIH203
BAGIH204
BAGIH205
BAGIH206
BAGIH207
BAGIF208
BAGIF209
BAGIF210
BAGIF211
BAGIF212
BAGIF213
BAGIF214
BAGIF215
BAGIF216
BAGIF217
BAGIA218
BAGIA219
BAGIA220
Time
10:38
11:06
11:16
11:29
11:41
12:10
12:25
13:02
13:13
13:33
13.42
13:57
14:17
14:31
14:46
15:05
15:47
16:08
16:44
17:10
average Ibs/hour =




SO2 ppm
0.0
262.8
265.9
271.8
266.9
255.9
261.8
276.6
268.9
240.7
265.7
259.3
246.6
209.8
208.9
209.9
270.9
0.0
0.0
0.0

DSCFM =
% moisture =
4*a
14.4
6.2
6.1
5.9
5.8
5.7
6.0
6.3
6.2
5.8
6.1
5.8
5.8
5.5
5.4
5.4
5.8
1.5
0.9
0.8

54368
3.6
SO2 Ibs/hr

148
150
153
150
144
147
156
151
135
149
146
139
118
118
118
152



142.1


CO ppm
11.2
1227.7
1181.9
1187.9
1084.5
938.8
1093.0
1128.5
1244.5
1047.3
1091.4
948.1
579.4
315.7
324.2
236.6
802.2
38.5
23.0
20.0



4*0
8.7
231.1
241.0
233.1
210.3
150.3
224.0
251.6
333.8
204.2
238.6
158.9
84.3
48.7
48.6
40.8
125.3
7.4
4.6
4.4



CO Ibs/hr

302.1
290.9
292.3
266.9
231.0
269.0
277.7
306.3
257.7
268.6
233.3
142.6
111
79.8
58.2
197.4



222.0


HC1 ppm
1.95
8.84
11.09
13.46
18.58
11.49
18.25
12.10
6.57
10.56
6.35
9.47
16.46
17.14
20.59
26.00
30.31
7.28
2.95
1.54



4 * a
0.44
0.93
1.02
1.04
1.13
0.89
1.07
0.95
0.81
0.90
0.87
0.84
0.94
0.93
1.07
1.19
1.30
0.46
0.34
0.38



HCI Ibs/hr

2.86
3.58
4.35
6.00
3.71
5.90
3.91
2.12
3.41
2.05"
3.06
5.32
5.54
6.65
8.40
9.79



4.79


1 - File name: "BAGI" baghouse inlet sample; "H" untreated; "F" flowing; "A" ambient air through the sampling system.
"4*sigma" - estimated uncertainty.

-------
TABLE 3-5  FTIR RESULTS FROM THE APG BAGHOUSE INLET, RUN 3, 10/24/96.
File name
BAG1A301
BAGIH302
BAOIH303
BAGIH304
BAGIH305
BAGIH306
BAGIH307
BAGIH308
BAGIH309
BAGIH310
BAGIH311
BAGIH312
BAGIH313
BAGIH314
BAGIC315
BAGIC316
BAGIH317
BAGIH318
BAGIH319
BAC,ffl320
BAGIH321
BAGIH322
BAGIH323
BAGIH324
BAGIH325
BAGIH326
BAGIH327
BAGIH328
Time
10:40
11:14
11:21
11:29
11:37
1 1 :46
12:03
_.12:J4_.
12:26
12:39
r 12:51
13:06
13:15
13:41
13:52
13:57
14:18
14:31
14:48
15:00
15:14
15:23
15:33
15:41
15:50
16:06
16:23
16:32
SO2 ppm
0.0
159.1
1269
127.1
149.7
132.9
150.3
162.0
155.3
135.1
141.2
169.1
157.5
158.8
108.7
113.1
149.7
225.8
235.3
233.4
239.7
227.5
245.4
2337
240.2
192.1
223.1
235.7
4*a
4.1
7.7
8° -H
8.2 '
8.5
8.8
7.0
7.1
7.1
7.0
7.2
69
7.2
6.6
4.9
4.8
6.7
7.1
7.2
7.6
7.6
7.5
8.1
77
7.7
7.2
7.5
7.6
SO, Ibs/hr

924
73.7
73.8
86.9
77.1
87.3
94.0
90.2
78.4
82.0
98.2
91.4
92.2
63.1
657
86.9
131 1
136.6
135.5
139.1
132.0
1425
135.7
139.4
111 5
129.5
1368
CO ppm
0.0
62.2
26.8
117.2
145.0
124.1
97.5
73.5
97.6
91.1
52.5
300.2
181.6
374.7
200.7
445.9
0.0
781.3
1067.0
1033.0
992.9
812.9
1739.3
1349.1
1271.4
431.4
960.0
1311.8
4*0
! 7.1
182
172
21.6
24.2
22.9
21.4
19.6
22.0
21.1
20.0
45.9
37.9
53.5
33.2
56.2
18.7
101.4
143.2
142.2
138.5
112.6
325.7
203.8
189.3
67.0
130.1
201.8
CO Ibs/hr

23.5
18.7
18.7
22.1
196
222
23.9
22.9
199
208
24.9
23.2
23.4
16.0
16.7
22.1
33.3
34.7
34.4
35.3
33.5
36.2
34.5
35.4
28.3
329
34.7
HCI ppm
1. 53
57.07
66.44
63.51
64.50
63.61
60.67
55.71
62.64
60.58
59.23
67.14
65.87
55.31
1.73
0.00
43.88
65.07
57.54
60.63
70.25
68.24
62.13
64.67
62.19
67.74
68.75
66.69
4*CT
1.45
4.11
4.74
4.50
4.45
4.35
3.99
___3_.72_
3.84
3.76
3.60
3.80
3.75
3.12
1.68
1.80
2.56
3.35
3.05
3.17
3.41
3.27
3.11
3.25
3.07
3.32 ^
3.37
3.22
HCI Ibs/hr

19.0
22.1
21.2
21.5
21.2
20.2
18.6
	 	 -
20.9
20.2
19.7
22.4
22.0
18.4


14.6
21.7
192
20.2
23.4
22.7
20.7
21.6
20.7
22.6
22.9
22.2
1  - File name: "BAGI" baghouse inlet; "H" untreated; "F" flowing; "A" ambient air through the sampling system; "C" condenser sample.
"4*sigma" - estimated uncertainty.

-------
 TABLE 3-5   CONTINUED
File name Time SO2 ppm 4 * a SO, Ibs/hr CO ppm 4 * a CO Ibs/hr HCI ppm 4 * a HCI Ibs/hr
BAGIH329
BAGIH330
HAGIH331
BAGIH332
BAGIH333
BAGIC334
BAGIC335
BAGIH336
BAGIH337
BAGIH338
BAGIH339
BAGIH340
BAGIH341
BAGIH342
BAGIH343
BAGIH344
BAGIH345
BAGIH346
BAGIA347
BAGIA348
BAGIA349
16:39
16:50
17:15
17:22
17:30
17:40
17:48
18:01
18:17
18:30
18:46
18:54
19:03
19:J2
19:20
19:28
19:35
19:42
20:03
20:12
20:42
average Ibs/hour =




248.8
246.3
251.6
243.8
249.2
126.3
120.7
226.5
208.1
206.2
202.1
199.5
207.0
225.0
226.4
237.6
228.2
239.4
0.0
0.0
0.0

DSCFM =
% moisture =
76 — .
76
7.9
	 Z:§ 	
8.1
4.4
4.4
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
8.1
7.7
8.2
2.3
2.4
2.7

55870
4
144.4
143.0
146.1
141.5
144.7
73.3
70.1
131.5
120.8
119.7
117.3
115.8
120.1
130.6
131.4
137.9
132.5
139.0

86.0


1448.3
1412.5
1609.5
1178.1
1718.7
384.4
234.7
720.6
663.9
515.0
706.0
379.4
603.7
918.5
913.2
1269.1
968.9
1577.4
12.5
0.0
0.0



272.4
253.6
298 1
168.7
310.9
51.9
38.1
95.3
91.1
76.4
96.8
60.8
84.1
124.8
122.1
188.4
132.4
288.8
6.6
6.6
6.8



36.7
363
37.1
35.9
367
18.6
17.8
33.4
30.7
30.4
29.8
29.4
30.5
33.2
33.4
35.0
33.6
35.3
-
21.8


65.96
66.05
62.75
66.17
67.01
2.92
3.85
64.39
65.85
70.94
60.85
62.28
60.52
56.99
58.75
60.29
57.60
56.37
3.29
2.84
2.21



3.21
3.35
3.20
3.25
3.36
1.79
1.74
3.35
3.35
3.55
3.26
3.36
3.29
3.14
3.24
3.22
3.13
3.16
1.56
1.57
1.62



22.0
22.0
20.9
22.1
22.3

21.5
21.9
23.6
20.3
20.8
20.2
19.0
19.6
20.1
19.2
18.8
!
20.6


U)

K)
1 - File name: "BAGI" baghouse inlet; "H" untreated; "F" flowing; "A" ambient air through the sampling system; "C" condenser sample.
"4*sigma" - estimated uncertainty.

-------
TABLE 3-6. FTIR RESULTS FROM THE APG BAGHOUSE OUTLET, RUN 1, 10/22/96.
File name1
BAGOHOOl
BAGOH002
BAGOH003
BAGOH004
BAGOC005
BAGOC006
BAGOH007
BAGOH008
BAGOH009
BAGOH010
BAGOP01 1
BAGOF012
BAGOF013
BAGOH014
BAGOF015
BAGOH016
BAGOHOn
BAGOF018
BAGOH020
BAGOF020
BAGOH021
BAGpHg22
BAGOH023
BAGOH024
BAGOH025
Time
lljOO 	
11:05 	
11:18
11:22
11:38
11:41
11:54
12:00
12:25
12:30
12:49
12:58
13:30
13:57
14:16
14:21
14:40
14:46
15:05
15:12
15:51
16:00
16:09
16:20
16:28
SO2 ppm
48.86
47.05
47.82
47.39
29.03
33.70
47.85
47.60
48.54
46.95
49.11
50.88
53.18
52.23
49.78
49.87
47.45
26.10
46.44
46.36
45.08
41.29
45.25
20.02
47.76
4*a
0.28
0.32
0.33
0.34
0.21
0.23
0.33
0.34
0.33
0.34
0.35
0.35
0.36
0.34
0.36
0.35
0.34
0.32;
0.34
0.36
0.35
0.34
0.35
0.31
0.36
SO2 Ibs/hr
26.2
25.2
256
25.4
15.6
18.1
25.7
25.5
26.0
25.2
26.3
27.3
28.5
28.0
26.7
26.7
25.4
14.0
24.9
24.9
24.2
22.1
24.3
10.7
25.6
CO ppm
1309.5
1351.1
1450.9
1545.6
1632.8
1816.5
1364.7
1301.4
1187.4
1177.5
1250.4
1232.3
1431.5
1831.9
1480.6
1319.2
1909.9
194.9
1095.4
1159.5
1259.1
1270.6
1357.5
28.55
1306.1
4*a
65.9
64.4
69.1
72.8
133.0
227.3
67.4
68.4
64.8
66.7
66.7
62.6
86.0
222.4
75.3
74.9
222.3 __
10.3
65.2
67.9
77.2
82.7
77.3
4.9
78.9
CO Ibs/hr
307.3
317.0
340.4
362.7
383.1
426.2
320.2
305.3
278.6
276.3
293.4
289.1
335.9
429.8
347.4
309.5
448.1
45.7
257.0
272.0
295.4
298.1
318.5
6.7
306.5
HC1 ppm
21.2
26.4
22.9
26.1
2.3
1.2
28.0
28.8
28.4
29.6
32.5
35.1
38.6
30.6
38.5
34.6
34.4
35.8
37.0
39.9
36.9
37.5
34.4
35.3
38.9
4*a
1.20
1.41
1.26
1.39
0.45
0.46
1.39
1.43
1.36
1.39
1.48
1.55
1.59
1.36
1.52
1.36
1.32
134
1.33
1.45
1.28
1.31
1.20
1.24
1.31
HCI Ibs/hr
6.5
8.1
7.0
8.1
0.7
0.4
8.6
8.9
8.8
9.1
10.0
10.8
11.9
9.4
11.9
10.7
10.6
11.0
11.4
12.3
11.4
11.6
10.6
10.9
12.0
1 - File name: "BAGO" baghouse outlet; "H" untreated; "F" flowing; "A" ambient air through the sampling system;  "C" condenser sample.
"4*sigma" - estimated uncertainty.

-------
 TABLE 3-6. CONTINUED
File name1
BAGOH026
BAGOH027
BAGOH028
BAGOH029
BAGOH030
BAGOH031
BAGOH032
BAGOA033
BAGOA034
BAGOA035
Time
16:38
16:46
16:55
17:06
17:14
17:23
17:32
18:24
18:33
18:56
average Ibs/hour =




SO2 ppm
20.81
50.58
49.29
49.23
47.48
21.99
48.41
0.00
0.00
0.00

DSCFM =
% moisture =
4*0
0.32
SO, Ibs/hr
11.2
0.35 i 27.1
0.35
0.37
0.36
0.32
26.4
26.4
25.5
11.8
0.36 f 26.0
0.12
0.12
0.11

51888
3.5



23.5


CO ppm
24.5
1009.5
1228.9
2228.0
1315.0
65.7
1236.8
28.45
13.98
18.16



4*a
5.05
58.5
72.8
305.4
72.8
5.43
67.6
2.73
2.33
2.22



CO Ibs/hr
5.7
236.8
2883
522.8
308.5
15.4
290.2



288.7


HCI ppm
37.1
44.7
40.7
40.9
41.3
37.5
40.5
3.7
2.3
1.0



4*0
1.30
1.49
1.39
1.38
1.40
1.33
1.39
0.46
I 0.47
0.47



HCI Ibs/hr
11.4
138
125
12.6
12.7
11.5
12.5



10.0


1 - File name: "BAGO" baghouse outlet; "H" untreated; "F" flowing; "A" ambient air through the sampling system;  "C" condenser sample.
"4*sigma" - estimated uncertainty.

-------
 TABLE 3-7  FTIR RESULTS FROM THE APG BAGHOUSE OUTLET, RUN 2, 10/23/96.
File name
BAGOA201
BAGOA202
BAGOH203_
BAGOH204
BAGOH205
BAGOH206
BAGOH207
BAGOH208
BAGOH209
BAGOH210
BAGOH211
BAGOH212
BAGOH213
BAGOH214
BAGOS215
BAGOS216
BAGOS217
BAGOS218
BAGOS219
BAGOS220
BAGOS221
BAGOS222
BAGOS223
BAGOS224
BAGOS225
BAGOS226
BAGOS227
Time
10:29
10:34
10:59
11:10
11:21
11:33
11:47
12:18
12:30
12:37
12:42
12:46
12:51
12:55
13:17
13:22
13:25
13:48
14:00
14:05
14:10
14:21
14:36
14:57
15:10
15:14
15:18
SO2 ppm
0.00
0.00
58.46
57.63
57.93
54.57
56.62
56.90
57.28
56.81
56.71
55.72
57.76
57.95
52.34
53.14
53.48
50.75
52.36
50.85
49.52
43.75
39.3 1
25.98
46.68
47.89
41.02
4*CT
0.15
0.19
0.33
0.33
0.34
0.34
0.34
0.35
0.34
0.34
0.35
0.35
0.35
0.35
0.33
0.32
0.34
0.67
0.35
0.42
0.43
0.31
0.30
0.28
0.31
0.32
0.31
SOZ Ibs/hr

31 3
30.8
31.0
29.2
303
305
30.7
30.4
30.4
29.8
30.9
31.0
30.5
31.0
31.2
29.6
30.5
296
28.9
255
229
15.1
27.2
279
23.9
SF6 ppm
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.327
0.321
0.326
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
4*a
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
	
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.008
0.008
0.008
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
CO ppm
50.1
91.6
1376.1
1320.8
1280.1
913.3
1010.6
962.0
917.7
922.1
908.6
835.9
1035.8
989.0
949.7
1015.5
1339.5
892.0
885.0
805.9
744.4
245.7
106.5
27.6
383.3
476.1
212.4
4*(T
2.5
3.3
66.6
66.4
65.7
35.6
41.6
40.0
37.2
38.8
38.1
33.7
53.2
44.4
38.9
49.3
81.4
34.1
35.6
31.0
27.7
10.4
4.9
~~
3.7
13.5
16.5
9.3
CO Ibs/hr

322.2
309.3
299.7
213.8
236.6
225.3
214.9
215.9
212.8
195.7
242.5
231.6
242.2
259.0
341.6
227.5
225.7
205.5
189.9
62.7
27.2
7.0
97.8
121.4
54.2
IK 1 ppm
4.89
5.84
42.18
45.29
45.01
46.22
47.40
48.19
48.61
50.93
53.24
52.61
52.32
53.34
43.23
46.91
48.76
43.75
50.25
53.05
54.16 	
52.69
53.51
52.49
54.90
56.92
56.61
4*a
0.46
0.50
2.12
2.26
2.19
2.16
2.17
2.08
2.07
2.13
2.24
2.22
2.18
2.19
1.73
1.90
1.93
1.78
1.99
2.16
2.20
2.05
2.16
2.11
2.22
2.34
2.37
IK 1 Ibs/hr

13.0
13.9
13.8
14.2
14.6
148
14.9
- - 	
15.7
16.4
16.2
16.1
16.4
14.5
15.7
16.3



	 -----





1  - File name' "BAGO" baghouseoutlet, "H" untreated, "F" flowing; "S" spiked (bold in box Indicates SF 6 or HCI), "A" ambient air through the sampling system, "C"
condenser sample.
"4*slgma" - estimated uncertainty

-------
 TABLE 3-7  CONTINUED
File name
BAGOS228
BAGOS229
BAGOS230
BAOOS231
BAGOS232
BAGOS233
BAGOS234
BAGOH235 	
BAGOA236
BAGOA237
BAGOA238
Time
15:22
15:25
15:29
15:34
15:52
15:56
16:00
16:11
16:37
17:00
17:14
average Ihs/hour =






SO2 ppm 4 * CT
38.92 0.30
35.61
23.29
26.37
50.21
47.51
41.31
50.46
0.00
p. oq
0.00

0.30
0.2S
0.29
0.32
0.32
0.31
0.32
0.10
0.16
0.10

S()2 Ibs/hr
22.7
20.8
13.6
15.4
29.3
27.7
24.1
27.0


26.5
SF6 ppm : 4 * a
0.0 0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.329
0.332
0.333
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0

Average SF6 concentration = [0.328
SF6 standard =
dilution =
14.01
112.21
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.007
0.007
0.007
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0



CO ppm I 4 * a CO Ibs/hr
217.5
47.2
28.8
32.8
	
704.6
585.6
310.5
9.3 ' 55.5
3.9
3.5
3.6
	
23.9
20.1
11.3
563.4 | 19.0
42.0 • 1.6
10.5
24.6


0.9
1.3


12.0
7.3
8.4
179.7
149.4
79.2
131.9
	

164.9

!
i

HCI ppm| 4* a JHC1 Ibs/hr
55.49 j 2.29
56.24
53.86
54.71
48.13
49.29
48.24
50.65
5.95
2.35
2.21
2.26
2.02
2.02
2.01
2.14
0.35
3.39 j 0.76
3.45 0.37
!

DSCFM =

51890
% moisture d 3.3


14.8
15.1
14.8
15.6
	
14.3



U)

Os
 1 - File name: "BAGO" baghouseoutlet; "H" untreated; "f" flowing, "S" spiked (bold in box indicates SF 6 or HCI); "A" ambient air through the sampling system, "C"
condenser sample.
"4*sigma" - estimated uncertainty.

-------
 TABLE 3-8  FTIR RESULTS FROM THE APG BAGHOUSE OUTLET, RUN 3, 10/24/96
File name '
BAGOA301
BAGOH302
BAGOH303
BAGOH304
BAGOI1305
BAGOH306
BAGOH307
BAGOH308
BAGOH309
BAGOH310
BAGOH3n
BAGOH312
BAGOH313
BAGOH314
BAGOC315
BAGOC316
BAGOH317
BAGOS318
BAGOS319
BAGOS320
BAGOS321 	
BAGOS322
BAGOS323
BAGOS324
BAGOS325
BAGOS326
BAGOS327
Time
10:34
11:09
11:1_7
11:25
11:33
11:41
11:58
12:08
12:21
12:32
12:44
13:00
13:09
13:25
13:29
13:33
14:08
14:21
14:27
14:35
_ 14:54
15:05
15:09
15:18
15:29
15:37
15:45
SO2 ppm
0.00
31.44
30.00
28.96
29.75
34.79
29.17
28.74
29.44
24.94
23.05
28.48
32.99
34.59
27.88
24.34
49.64
44.93
37.68
45.77
44.54
41.86
46.08
47.46
47.82
46.32
47.99
4*CT
0.15
0.42
0.44
0.46
0.48
0.50
0.37
0.40
0.39
0.39
0.39
0.39
0.40
0.39
0.29
0.29
0.40
0.39
0.38
0.38
0.39
0.40
0.38
0.39
0.40
0.41
0.41
S()2 Ibs/hr
18.2
17.4
16.8
17.2
20.2
16.9
16.7
J71 	
14.5
13.4
16.5
19.1
20.0
16.2
14.1
288
27.4
23.0
279
27.1
25.5
28.1
28.9
29.1
28.2
293
SF6 ppm
0.033
0.071
0.066
0.072
0.077
0.083
0.035
0.039
0.036
	
0.040
0.037
0.036
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.039
0.197
0.192
0.201
0.000
0.000
0.036
0.038
0.037
0.000
0.000
4*a
0.004
0.010
0.010
0.011
0.011
0.012
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.007
0.007
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.009
(X) ppm
0.00
149.94
34.69
91.77
125.71
149.66
22.36
21.32
27.60
20.12
19.09
85.00
176.24
343.48
283.56
61.88
785.68
797.92
437.71
661.86
683.66
418.19
742.92
1069.51
1101.91
1252.09
1067.77
4*a
1.55
5.54
4.07
4.92
5.52
6.08
4.02
4.29
4.15
4.34
A37..
5.29
8.82
12.61
9.69
3.49
24.44
24.86
15.54
21.06
22.20
15.61
23.77
36.56
38.66
46.07
37.42
(X) Ibs/hr
380
8.8
23.3
31.9
38.0
5.7
5.4
7.0
5.1
4.8
21.6
44.7
87.1
71.9
15.7
199.2
212.8
116.7
176.5
182.3
111.5
198.1
285.2
293.8
3339
284.7
IK 1 ppm
0.00
45.00
56.99
59.39
60.11
60.36
53.66
60.12
54.75
56.18
54.10
54.81
58.61
57.03
3.16
0.00
52.78
60.85
56.90
60.98
58.50
64.23
65.29
62.23
61.02
60.49
61.41
4*a
1.48
3.42
4.11
4.23
4.16
4.14
3.73
3.96
3.59
3.60
3.38
	 	
3.38
3.50
3.29
1.76
1.75
2.88
3.17
2.97
3.13
3.02
3.21
3.18
3.08
3.00
2.99
3.02
HCI Ibs/hr
15.0
19.0
19.8
20.0
20.1
17.9
20.0
18.2
	 — - '
18.7
	 18.0
18.2
19.5
19.0


17.6
21.3
19.9
21.3
	 	





1  - File name: "BAGO" baghouse outlet, "H" untreated, "F" flowing, "S" spiked (bold, in box, Indicates SF 6 or HCI) "A" ambient air through the sampling system, "C"
condenser sample.
"4*sigma" - estimated uncertainty

-------
 TABLE 3-8 .  CONTINUED
File name '
BAGOS328
BAGOS329
BAGOS330
BAGOS331
BAGOS332
BAGOS333
BAGOS334
BAGOS335
BAGOS336
BAGOH337
BAGOH338
BAGOH339
BAGOH340
BAGOH341
BAGOH342
BAGOC343
BAGOC344
BAGOH345
BAGOH346
BAGOH347
BAGOH348
BAGOH349
BAGOH350
BAGOH351
BAGOH352
BAGOH353
BAGOH354
Time
15:53
15:58
16:02
16:09
16:13
16:18
16:28
16:36
16:43
17:07
17:18
17:27
17:34
17:44
17:52
18:12
18:20
18:26
18:34
18:42
18:50
18:59
19:07
19:16
19:23
19:32
19:39
S()2 ppm
47.17
45.97_
43.94
43.48
40.31
37.25
45.43
46.82
43.73
53.33
48.71
50.62
50.68
47.43
45.43
28.25
29.26
44.58
44.92
43.15
45.70
45.97
45.52
48.46
47.28
48.27
48.10
4*a
0.40
0.40
0.39
0.37
0.37
0.38
0.38
0.39
0.37
0.40
0.40
0.42
0.42
0.39
0.40
0.25
0.27
0.39
0.40
0.39
0.40
0.42
0.41
0.42
0.41
0.41
0.41
S()2 Ibs/hr
28.8
28.0
26.8
26.5
24.6
22.7
27.7
28.5
26.7
30.9
28.2
29.3
29.4
27.5
26.3
16.4
17.0
25.8
26.0
25.0
26.5
26.6
26.4
28.1
27.4
28.0
27.9
SF6 ppm
0.038
0.000
0.000
0.036
0.036
0.000
0.192
0.200
0.198
0.037
0.039
0.040
0.042
0.040
0.041
0.000
0.000
0.040
0.040
0.039
0.041
0.044
0.043
0.045
0.043
0.041
0.042
4*CT
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.010
0.010
0.009
0.009
0.006
0.006
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.009
0.010
0.009
0.010
0.009
0.010
0.010
CO ppm
981.93
1141.39
780.38
726.81
573.27
356.38
949.85
1089.77
784.15
1454.58
846.33
1664.03
886.12
727.87
626.95
374.72
432.92
639.27
659.12
550.73
782.79
667.00
742.26
1028.54
996.61
902.44
1023.76
4*a
33.15
40.30
26.11
25.06
19.54
14.73
33.02
38.78
26.46
61.65
28.14
73.69
29.86
24.13
20.88
12.83
14.44
21.02
22.29
18.53
25.41
22.32
24.11
33.61
31.25
28.20
33.03
CO Ibs/hr
261.8
304.4
208.1
193.8
152.9
95.0
253.3
290.6
209.1
368.9
214.6
422.0
224.7
184.6
159.0
95.0
109.8
162.1
167.1
139.7
198.5
169.1
188.2
260.8
252.7
228.8
259.6
IICI ppm
60.21
58.34
60.61
64.47
62.73
64.70
58.27
57.39
55.74
55.52
59.73
58.73
59.66
58.40
60.38
0.00
3.00
59.74
62.87
57.99
59.78
63.29
60.63
61.15
61.49
59.48
60.42
4*a
3.06
2.96
3.03
3.04
3.08
3.13
2.84
2.92
2.84
2.90
3.08
2.98
3.08
3.00
3.14
1.82
1.88
3.05
3.28
3.08
3.13
3.28
3.17
3.21
3.30
3.23
3.25
IICI Ibs/hr





20.4
20.1
19.5
18.5
19.9
19.5
19.9
19.4
20.1


19.9
20.9
19.3
19.9
21.1
20.2
20.4
20.5
19.8
20.1
u>
 I


oo
1 - File name: "BAGO" baghouse outlet; "H" untreated; "F" flowing, "S" spiked (bold, in box. Indicates SF 6 or HCI) "A" ambient air through the sampling system; "C"


condenser sample.

"4*slgma" - estimated uncertainty.

-------
 TABLE 3-8  CONTINUED
File name ' Tjme SO2 ppm 4 * a SO2 Ibs/hr SF6 ppm 4 * a CO ppm 4 * a co lbs/hr MCI ppm 4 * a nci Ibs/hr
BAGOH355
BAGOH356 _
BAGOA357
BAGOA358
BAGOA359
BAGOA360
19:47
19:5 1
20:07
20:17
20:35
20:39
Average Ibs/hour =
	 __ 	


	 	 	

50.20
51.23
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

	 - 	 - 	

0.43
0.44
0.14
0.16
0.15
0.17


29.1
297


24.2

SF6 spike =
SF6 standard =
dilution = 1
0.042
0.045
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000


0.197
4.01
2038
0.010
0.010
0.003
0.004
0.003
0.004


0.009
4.50%
1453.50
1400.77
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00


64.58
61.59
1.72
1.69
1.56
1.66


368.6
355.2


169.1


60.53
58.46
8.14
7.72
3.90
5.17


DSCFM =
% moisture =

3.30
3.22
1.67
1.67
1.62
1.68


55904
3.8

20.1
19.5
	 	 	 -----

19.5

-— - 	 —

1 - File name: "BAGO" baghouse outlet, "H" untreated, "F" flowing, "S" spiked (bold, in box, indicates SF 6 or HCI) "A" ambient air through the sampling system, "C"
condenser sample.
"4*slgma" - estimated uncertainty

-------
TABLE 3-9. RESULTS OF HC1 SPIKING AT APG BAGHOUSE INLET;  RUN 1, 10/22/96.

Time
11:28
11:31
11:46
1 1 :49
12:14
12:19
13:10
13:17
14:05
14:10
14:27
14:33








Unpiked (ppm)
26.02
26.83
24.97
28.79
24.66
30.26
38.06
38.82
42.82
36.77
41.10
40.45
33.30
26.51
SD =
F =
RSD=
Bias =
t =
HC1 spiking
d i (d i)2

0.81 0.650

3.83 14.648

5.61 31.434

0.76 0.581

-6.05 36.599

-0.65 0.422
4.30 84.334

2.651
0.516
8.0
-0.439
0.47
Time
15:17
15:20
15:25
15:32
15:39
15:45
15:54
16:04
16:14
16:24
16:33
16:42








Spiked
49.79
49.83
53.91
58.06
57.49
58.60
46.67
49.04
53.40
56.08
54.93
58.44
53.85

SD =
SDpooIed =

Exp Cone =
CF =

di

0.04

4.14

1.11

2.37

2.68

3.51
13.85

1.904
2.308

20.99
1.02

(dD2

0.001

17.171

1.238

5.594

7.185

12.317
43.506






SF6 spike =
SF6 standard :
dilution =
HC1 standard
Exp con =
0.817 0.007
4.01 measured
4.906 =..8173/4.01
103 ppm
20.994 = 103ppm/dilution
0.91%

                                                                        Results from Table 3-3
Statistical quantities are defined in EPA Method 301, Section 6.3.

-------
TABLE 3-10. RESULTS OF HC1 SPIKING AT BAGHOUSE OUTLET; RUN 2, 10/23/96

Time
10:59
11:10
11:21
11:33
1 1 :47
12:18
12:30
12:37
12:42
12:46
12:51
12:55








Unspiked (ppm)
42.2
45.3
45.0
46.2
47.4
48.2
48.6
50.9
53.2
52.6
52.3
53.3
48.8
44.8
SD =
F =
RSD=
Bias =
t =

d.

3.11

1.21

0.79

2.32

-0.63

1.02
7.81

1.244
0.491
2.6
-2.66
6.07
HC1 spiking
(di)2

9.67

1.47

0.62

5.37

0.40

1.04
18.57




1.33
3.04
Time
14:05
14:10
14:21
14:36
14.57
15:10
15:14
15:18
15:22
15:25
15:29
15:34








Spiked
53.0
54.2
52.7
53.5
52.5
54.9
56.9
56.6
55.5
56.2
53.9
54.7
54.6

SD =
SDp,,,,,,.,, =

Exp Cone =
CF =

d, (d^2

1.11 1.24

0.81 0.66

2.42 5.83

-0.31 0.10

0.75 0.56

0.86 0.73
5.63 9.12

0.872
1.074

8.44
1.46 | 0.86 |
SF6 spike =
SF6 standard :
dilution =
HC1 standard
Exp con =
0.328 0.007 2.26%
4.01 measured
12.21 =.3285/4.01
103
8.44
ppm
= 103 ppm/dilution
                                                                         Results from Table 3-7
Statistical quantities are defined in EPA Method 301, Section 6.3.

-------
 TABLE 3-11. RESULTS OF HC1 SPIKING AT APG BAGHOUSE OUTLET; RUN 3, 10/24/96.
                                                            HC1 spiking
NJ
Time
11:17
11:25
11:33
11:41
11:58
12:08
12:21
12:32
12:44
13:00
13:09
13:25







Unspiked (ppm)
56.99
59.39
60. 1 1
60.36
53.66
60.12
54.75
56.18
54.10
54.81
58.61
57.03
57.18
54.37
SD =
F =
RSD=
Bius =
t =
d; (d;)'

2.41 5.804

0.25 0.062

6.46 41.672

1.43 2.032

071 0.507

-1.58 2.483
9.68 52.561

2093
0.491
3.7
-0.088
0.12
Time
15:05
15:09
15:18
15:29
15:37
15:45
15:53
15:58
16:02
16:09
16:13
16:18







Spiked (ppm)
64.23
65.29
62.23
61.02
60.49
6141
60.21
5834
60.61
64.47
62.73
64.70
62.14

SD =
SDpooled =

Exp Cone =
CF =
dj

1.06

-1.21

093

-1.87

3.87

1.97
4.74

1466
1.807

5.05
1.02
(ds)'

1.121

1.469

0.861

3.504

14.957

3.871
25.784






SF6 spike =
SF,i standard
dilution =
HC1 standard
Exp con =
0.197 0.009
401 measured
20.377 =.1968/4.01
103 ppm
5.055 = 103 ppm/dilution
                                                                       Results from Table 3-8
Statistical quantities are defined in EPA Method 301, Section 6.3.

-------
TABLE 3-12. APG BAGHOUSE INLET HAP ESTIMATED UNCERTAINTIES (ppm)
Compound
Acetomtrile
Acrolein
Acrylonitrile
Allyl Chloride
Benzene
Bromoform
1.3-Butadiene
Carbonyl Sulfide
Chlorobenzene
Ethyl Benzene
Ethyl Chloride
Ethylene Dibronude
n-Hexane
Methyl Bromide
Methyl Chloride
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
Methyl Isobutyl Ketone
Methyl Methacrylate
Methylene Chloride
2-Nitropropane
Propylene Dichloride
Styrene
Tetrachloroethylene
Toluene
1 , 1 .2-Tnchloroethane
Trichloroethylene
2.2.4-Trimethylpentane
Vinyl Acetate
Vinyl Bromide
Vinyl Chloride
Vmylidene Chloride
O-xylene
P-.\ylene
Carbon Disulfide
Carbon Tetrachloride
Chloroform
Cumene
1.2-Epo.\y Butane
Ethylene Oxide
Methanol
VIethyl Chloroform
Baghouse L
Analytical Region (cm1)
3038.97 3042.42
2636.11 2875.59
968.58 974.19
899.55 965.72
3036.88 3063.07
1135.9 1154.2
895.91 919.75
2026.14 2085.23
1069.86 1103.34
2850.71 2959.43
2916.56 3041.03
1167.96 1208.92
2835.27 3005.43
2948.11 2972.53
1017.96 1020.72
1140.7 1222.63
2872.05 2994.95
11375 1232.04
1252.28 1283.79
831.47 868.5
996.86 1038
886.69 920.72
899.2 925.2
2862 2924
916.98 956.37
826.25 860.91
2861.57 3009.23
1201.77 1242.73
899.81 904.54
894.43 899.25
834.13 898.73
2859.84 3095.04
2854.43 3083.14
2171.64 2198.03
793.89 800.58
758.21 781.25
2951.21 2998.48
902.37 919.7
866.9 875
2807.91 3029.4
1057.95 1105.3
ulet (Runs 1 and 2
Estimated
RMSD Uncertainty (ppm)
2.37E-03 26.6
2.27E-03 3.2
6.81E-03 3.5
8.61E-03 5.9
1.45E-02 7.3
8.17E-03 1.6
2.96E-03 1.0
1.77E-01 6.2
7.19E-03 3.8
3.93E-03 5.2
1.24E-02 10.0
7.52E-03 5.8
5.77E-03 0.9
6.91E-03 &.5
2.01E-03 7.1
8.33E-03 6.6
6.24E-03 2.8
l.OOE-02 1.2
2.88E-02 11.5
4.55E-03 5.4
5.51E-03 7.0
2.86E-03 2.2
3.55E-03 0.3
2.70E-03 4.6
l.OOE-02 7.6
4.71E-03 0.8
6.21E-03 0.8
1.26E-02 0.5
1.26E-03 0.6
1.18E-03 2.2
3.76E-03 2.6
1.23E-02 8.4
1.22E-02 7.2
1.95E-02 20.5
2.31E-02 0.5
4.91E-02 2.7
8.98E-03 2.5
3.14E-03 2.5
1.68E-03 0.4
8.20E-03 7.1
9.79E-03 1.8
Baghouse L
Analytical Region (cm1)
3038.97 3042.42
2636.11 2875.59
968.58 974.19
899.55 965.72
3036.88 3063.07
1135.9 1154.2
895.91 919.75
2026.14 2085.23
1069.86 1103.34
2959.43 2997.25
2916.56 3041.03
1167.96 1208.92
2835.27 3005.43
2948.11 2972.53
1017.96 1020.72
1140.7 1222.63
2872.05 2994.95
1137.5 1232.04
1252.28 1283.79
831.47 868.5
996.86 1038
886.69 920.72
899.2 925.2
2862 2924
916.98 956.37
826.25 860.91
2861.57 3009.23
1201.77 1242.73
899.81 904.54
894.43 899.25
1059.44 1113.01
2859.84 3095.04
2854.43 3083.14
2171.64 2198.03
793.89 800.58
758.21 781.25
2951.21 2998.48
902.37 919.7
866.9 875
2807.91 3029.4
1057.95 1105.3
ilet (Run 3
Estimated
RMSD Uncertainty (ppm)
1.48E-03 29.4
2.14E-03 5.3
4.77E-03 4.3
6.31E-03 7.6
9.77E-03 8.7
6.02E-03 2.1
2.15E-03 1.2
4.18E-02 2.6
5.21E-03 4.8
4.81E-03 4.7
8.34E-03 11.8
7.15E-03 9.7
3.73E-03 1.0
4.21E-03 9.2
1.23E-03 7.7
7.95E-03 11.2
3.89E-03 3.1
8.99E-03 1.9
3.33E-02 23.6
3.43E-03 7.2
4.50E-03 10.1
2.23E-03 3.1
2.22E-03 0.4
2.43E-03 7.3
7.12E-03 9.6
3.47E-03 1.0
3.90E-03 0.9
1.13E-02 0.8
1.65E-03 1.3
l.OOE-03 3.3
6.53E-03 3.3
8.42E-03 10.2
8.48E-03 8.8
3.26E-03 6.1
2.11E-02 0.8
5.10E-02 4.9
4.91E-03 2.4
2.22E-03 3. 1
2.11E-03 1.0
5.43E-03 8.3
6.88E-03 2.3
See Section 4.8. Screening For HAPs.
                                               3-23

-------
TABLE 3-12. CONTINUED
Compound
Methyl Iodide
Methyl t-Butyl Ether
Propylene Oxide
vl-xylene
Acetone
Acetaldehyde
Acetophenone
Acrylic Acid
Aniline
Benzotrichloride
Benzyl Chloride
Bisi chloromethyllether
Chloroacetic acid
2-Chloroacteophenone
Chloromethyl methyl ether
CLloroprene
o-Cresol
m-Cresol
p-Cresol
l,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane
1 .4-Dichlorobenzene
Dichloroethyl ether
1 ,3-Dichloropropene
Dichlorvos
N,N-Diethyl aniline
Dimethyl carbamoyl chloride
Dimethyl formamide
1.1-Dimethyl hydrazme
Dimethyl phthalate
1,4-Dio.xane
zpichlorohydrin
Ethyl Aery late
Ethylene Dichloride
ithylidene dichloride
rormaldehyde
lexachlorobutadiene
ie.xachlorocylcopentadiene
lexachloroethane
iexamethyiphosphor amide
sophorone
.laleic Anhydride
Methyl hydrazine
Baghouse I]
Analytical Region (cm1)
1250.18 1253.53
1195 1210
2875.59 3097.75
2910.25 2952.78
1182 1255.03
2685.41 2744.4
1140.4 1286.06
1104.89 1164.68
1102.9 1123.63
866.5 877.9
3027.52 3109.06
1068.78 1154.25
1094.97 1124.12
1274.39 1285.42
1111.02 1146.08
875.9 878.8
1092.8 1114.07
1139.68 1172.77
1159.1 1185.5
1134.26 1175.42
995.96 1031.06
1109.35 1155.04
768 791
835.77 876.95
2655.32 3156.07
889.55 917.52
2824.8 2873.6
2740.77 2914.08
1157.86 1254.16
2861.1 2864.8
943.52 981.73
1181.93 1210
1227.88 1241.5
1041.11 1080.5
2788.33 2842.2
847.5 864.5
1227.02 1240.42
779.26 797.38
949.42 1019.53
2681.2 3130.6
' 885.27 905.56
2683 3061.78
ilet (Runs 1 and 2
Estimated
RMSD Uncertainty (ppm)
2.13E-03 2.1
5.29E-03 0.9
1.32E-02 9.0
4.67E-03 3.1
1.13E-02 5.3
1.69E-03 3.0
1.60E-02 2.2
7.28E-03 1.0
3.73E-03 1.3
2.46E-03 0.5
1.93E-02 16.2
8.92E-03 1.0
4.08E-03 0.9
1.17E-02 2.3
8.52E-03 1.3
3.01E-03 0.6
3.56E-03 1.6
4.72E-03 0.9
5.22E-03 0.6
7.75E-03 9.3
3.41E-03 1.6
7.87E-03 0.9
2.77E-02 5.9
4.47E-03 0.5
1.16E-02 7.1
2.87E-03 0.8
2.48E-03 1.7
2.49E-03 1.2
1.03E-02 5.8
1.78E-03 0.3
1.01E-02 8.7
8. 14E-03 0.4
4.28E-03 2.5
1.32E-02 6.0
2.56E-03 2.7
5.58E-03 0.5
4.42E-03 0.4
2.43E-01 5.5
6.80E-03 1.0
1.18E-02 7.9
1.86E-03 0.2
8.49E-03 9.8
Baghouse Ii
Analytical Region (cm )
1250.18 1253.53
1195 1210
2875.59 3097.75
2910.25 2952.78
1182 1255.03
2685.41 2744.4
1140.4 1286.06
1104.89 - 1164.68
1102.9 1123.63
866.5 877.9
3027.52 3109.06
1068.78 1154.25
1094.97 1124.12
1274.39 1285.42
1111.02 1146.08
875.9 878.8
1092.8 1114.07
1139.68 1172.77
1159.1 1185.5
1134.26 1175.42
995.96 1031.06
1109.35 1155.04
768 791
835.77 876.95
2655.32 3156.07
889.55 917.52
2824.8 2873.6
2740.77 2914.08
1157.86 1254.16
2919.4 2921.3
943.52 981.73
1181.93 1210
1227.88 1241.5
1041.11 1080.5
2788.33 2842.2
847.5 864.5
1227.02 1240.42
779.26 797.38
949.42 1019.53
2681.2 3130.6
838.45 841,3
2683 3061.78
ilet (Run 3.
Estimated
RMSD Uncertainty (ppm)
1.35E-03 2.3
4.21E-03 1.3
8.96E-03 10.8
3.59E-03 4.2
1.01E-02 8.4
1.62E-03 5.1
1.75E-02 4.3
5.24E-03 1.3
2.97E-03 1.8
2.27E-03 0.8
1.31E-02 19.5
6.54E-03 1.3
3.01E-03 .1.2
1.22E-02 4.3
5.96E-03 1.6
1.58E-03 0.5
2.50E-03 2.0
3.44E-03 1.2
5.67E-03 1.2
6.54E-03 13.9
2.41E-03 2.0
5.67E-03 1.2
1.95E-02 7.4
3.38E-03 0.7
7.91E-03 8.6
2.09E-03 1.0
2.29E-03 2.7
2.49E-03 2.2
9.30E-03 9.2
2.43E-04 0.1
7.77E-03 11.9
7.03E-03 0.7
3.11E-03 3.3
9.82E-03 7.8
2.45E-03 4.6
3.77E-03 0.6
3.27E-03 0.5
9.09E-02 3.6
5.26E-03 1.3
7.99E-03 9.5
1.92E-03 0.4
5.96E-03 12.2
See Section 4.8, Screening For HAPs.
                                                   3-24

-------
TABLE 3-12. CONTINUED
Compound
Naphthalene
Nitrobenzene
N-Nitrosodimethylene
N-Nitrosomorpholine
Phenol
beta-Propiolactone
Propionaldehyde
1 .2-Propylenimine
Quinoline
Styrene Oxide
1 . 1 .2.2-Tetrachloroethane
2,4-Toluene dusocyanale
o_Toluidme
1 .2,4-Tnchlorobenzene
2.4.5-TncbJorophenol
2,4.6-Tnchlorophenol
Tnethylamine
Ammonia
Baghouse L
Analytical Region (on1)
779.31 783.55
841.7 861.39
928 1085.28
892.23 1024.64
1162.67 1195.76
860.13 957.64
2546.18 3114.35
817.57 821.31
800.19 803.73
861.39 903.93
794.92 824.07
2254.7 2301.18
2858.5 2951.85
1086.21 1114.37
1178.04 1204.16
856.27 863.36
2756.62 2839.34
893.1 - 926
ilet (Runs 1 and 2
Estimated
RMSD Uncertainty (ppm)
3.82E-03 0.4
5.14E-03 2.1
1.01E-02 3.3
7.65E-03 3.2
8.00E-03 1.3
7.19E-03 1.6
9.40E-03 10.6
3.25E-03 1.5
1.21E-02 1.9
2.45E-03 1.8
1.30E-02 3.1
2.74E-02 0.4
3.60E-03 3.1
4.22E-03 1.1
8.38E-03 2.7
2.67E-03 0.7
2.38E-03 1.1
3.36E-03 2.2
Baghouse li
Analytical Region (cm1)
779.31 783.55
841.7 861.39
928 1085.28
892.23 1024.64
998.4 999.9
860.13 957.64
2546.18 3114.35
817.57 821.31
800.19 803.73
861.39 903.93
794.92 824.07
881.58 911.51
2858.5 2951.85
1086.21 1114.37
1178.04 1204.16
856.27 863.36
2756.62 2839.34
893.1 - 926
nlet (Run 3
Estimated
RMSD Uncertainty (ppm)
5.44E-03 1.0
3.53E-03 2.6
7.72E-03 4.5
5.82E-03 4.4
1.85E-04 1.7
5.32E-03 2.1
6.38E-03 12.8
2.13E-03 1.7
7.43E-03 2. 1
2.60E-03 3.4
1.14E-02 4.8
2.44E-03 3.4
2.96E-03 4.6
3.04E-03 1.4
7.20E-03 4.1
2.42E-03 1.1
2.45E-03 1.9
2.08E-03 2.4
See Section 4.8. Screening For HAPs.
                                                 3-25

-------
TABLE 3-13. APG BAGHOUSE OUTLET. HAP ESTIMATED UNCERTAINTIES
Compound
Acetonitrile
Acrolein
Acrylonitrile
Allyl Chloride
Benzene
Bromoform
1,3-Butadiene
Carbonyl Sulfide
Chloro benzene
Ethyl Benzene
Ethyl Chloride
Ethylene Dibromide
n-Hexane
Methyl Bromide
Methyl Chloride
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
Methyl Isobutyl Ketone
Methyl Methacrylate
Methylene Chloride
2-NItropropane
Propylene Dichloride
Styrene
Tetrachloioethylene
Toluene
1 . 1 .2-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
2.2.4-Trimethylpentane
Vinyl Acetate
Vinyl Bromide
Vinyl Chloride
Vinylidene Chloride
O-xylene
P-xylene
Carbon Disulfide
Baghouse O
Analytical Region (cm1)
3038.97
2636.11
968.58
899.55
3036.88
1135.9
895.91
2026.14
1069.86
2850.71
2916.56
1167.96
2835.27
2948.11
1017.96
1140.7
2872.05
1137.5
743.96
831.47
996.86
886.69
899.2
2862
916.98
826.25
2861.57
1201.77
899.81
894.43
1059.44
2859.84
2854.43
2171.64
- 3042.42
2875.59
974.19
- 965.72
3063.07
1154.2
919.75
2085.23
1103.34
2959.43
- 3041.03
- 1208.92
3005.43
2972.53
1020.72
1222.63
2994.95
1232.04
769.17
868.5
1038
920.72
925.2
2924
956.37
- 860.91
3009.23
1242.73
904.54
- 899.25
1113.01
3095.04
- 3083.14
2198.03
utlet, Runs
RMSD
1.2E-03
2.0E-03
6.7E-03
8.4E-03
1.9E-02
6.4E-03
2.7E-03
6.4E-02
6.8E-03
4.2E-03
1.5E-02
9.3E-03
7.5E-03
8.0E-03
2.2E-03
9.8E-03
8.1E-03
1.2E-02
1.2E-01
5.0E-03
6.0E-03
2.5E-03
3.0E-03
2.5E-03
9.9E-03
5.3E-03
8.2E-03
1.6E-02
l.OE-03
9.5E-04
8.8E-03
1.5E-02
1.5E-02
6.9E-03
land 2
Estimated
Uncertainty (ppm)
13.4
2.9
3.4
5.7
9.8
1.3
0.9
2.2
3.6
5.5
12.2
7.1
1.2
9.8
7.6
7.8
3.7
1.4
12.1
5.9
7.6
2.0
0.3
4.3
7.5
0.9
1.1
0.6
0.5
1.7
2.5
10.5
9.1
7.3
RMSD
1.7E-03
1.9E-03
4.1E-03
6.2E-03
8.9E-03
5.3E-03
2.4E-03
3.9E-02
4.7E-03
4.3E-03
7.7E-03
5.7E-03
3.3E-03
3.8E-03
8.4E-04
6.6E-03
3.4E-03
7.3E-03
2.9E-02
3.0E-03
3.8E-03
2.3E-03
2.4E-03
2.3E-03
7.0E-03
2.9E-03
3.5E-03
9.1E-03
1.6E-03
1.2E-03
5.8E-03
7.8E-03
7.8E-03
7.4E-03
Run 3
Estimated
Uncertainty (ppm)
32.9
4.7
3.7
7.5
7.9
1.9
1.4
2.4
4.4
4.2
10.9
7.7
0.9
8.2
5.2
9.3
2.8
1.5
20.7
6.3
8.4
3.2
0.4
6.8
9.4
0.9
0.8
0.6
1.2
3.8
3.0
9.4
8.2
13.7
See Section 4.8, Screening For HAPs.
                                         3-26

-------
TABLE 3-13. CONTINUED
Compound
Carbon Tetrachloride
Chloroform
Cumene
1.2-Epoxy Butane
Ethylene Oxide
Methanol
Methyl Chloroform
Methyl Iodide
Methyl t-Butyl Ether
Propylene Oxide
M-xylene
Acetone
Acetaldehyde
Acetophenone
Acrylic Acid
Aniline
Benzotrichloride
Benzyl Chloride
BisCchloromethyl)ether
Chloroacetic acid
2-Chloroacteophenone
Chloromethyl methyl ether
Chloroprene
o-Cresol
m-Cresol
p-Cresol
l,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane
1.4- Dichloro benzene
Dichloroethyl ether
1 .3-E*ichloropropene
Dichlorvos
N.N-Diethyl aniline
E>imethyl carbamoyl chloride
E>imethyl formamide
1 1,1-Dimethyl hydrazine
Baghouse O
Analytical Region (cm'1)
793.89 800.58
758.21 781.25
2951.21 2998.48
902.37 919.7
866.9 875
2807.91 3029.4
1057.95 1105.3
1250.18 1253.53
1195 1210
2875.59 3097.75
2910.25 2952.78
1182 - 1255.03
2685.41 2744.4
1140.4 1286.06
1104.89 1164.68
1102.9 1123.63
866.5 877.9
3027.52 3109.06
1068.78 1154.25
1094.97 1124.12
1274.39 1285.42
1111.02 1146.08
875.9 878.8
1092.8 1114.07
1139.68 1172.77
1159.1 1185.5
1134.26 1175.42
995.96 1031.06
1109.35 1155.04
768 791
835.77 876.95
2655.32 3156.07
889.55 917.52
2824.8 2873.6
2740.77 2914.08
utlet, Runs 1 and 2
Estimated
RMSD Uncertainty (ppm)
2.6E-02 0.5
4.9E-02 2.7
1.2E-02 3.3
2.8E-03 2.2
1.3E-03 0.3
9.7E-03 8.4
9.2E-03 1.7
6.7E-04 0.7
6.2E-03 1.1
1.6E-02 11.2
5.1E-03 3.3
1.4E-02 6.5
1.3E-03 2.3
1.9E-02 2.6
6.2E-03 0.8
4.8E-03 1.6
1.6E-03 0.3
2.5E-02 20.8
8.2E-03 0.9
4.4E-03 1.0
1.4E-02 2.8
7.1E-03 1.1
2.6E-03 0.5
3.6E-03 1.6
3.6E-03 0.7
6.0E-03 0.7
7.6E-03 9.1
3.3E-03 1.5
6.7E-03 0.8
2.7E-02 5.9
4.7E-03 0.6
1.5E-02 9.1
2.4E-03 0.6
2.2E-03 1.5
2.4E-03 1.2
Run 3
Estimated
RMSD Uncertainty (ppm)
1.6E-02 0.6
4.7E-02 4.5
4.4E-03 2.1
2.5E-03 3.5
1.9E-03 0.9
5.0E-03 7.6
6.1E-03 2.1
1.3E-03 2.2
3.2E-03 1.0
8.2E-03 9.9
3.2E-03 3.7
8.2E-03 6.8
1.7E-03 5.2
1.5E-02 3.7
4.4E-03 1.0
2.3E-03 1.4
1.8E-03 0.6
1.2E-02 17.7
5.7E-03 1.2
2.7E-03 1.1
1.1E-02 3.9
4.9E-03 1.3
1.2E-03 0.4
2.2E-03 1.8
3.3E-03 1.1
4.7E-03 1.0
5.5E-03 11.8
2.2E-03 1.8
4.8E-03 1.0
1.7E-02 6.5
3.0E-03 0.7
7.2E-03 7.8
2.3E-03 1.1
1.9E-03 2.2
2.2E-03 1.9
See Section 4.8, Screening For HAPs.
                                              3-27

-------
TABLE 3-13. CONTINUED
Compound
Dimethyl phthakte
1,4-Dioxane
Epichlorohydrin
Ethyl Aery late
Ethylene Bichloride
Ethylidene dichloride
Formaldehyde
Hexachlorobutadiene
Hexachlorocylcopentadiene
Hexachloroe thane
Hexamethylphosphoramide
Maleic Anhydride
Methyl hydrazine
Naphthalene
Nitrobenzene
N- Nitro so dime thy lene
N- Nitro somorpho line
Phenol
beta-Propiolactone
Propionaldehyde
1,2-Propylenimine
Quinoline
Styrene Oxide
1 . 1 ,2.2-Tetrachloroethane
2.4-Toluene diisocyanate
o_Tohiidine
1.2.4-Trichloro benzene
2.4.5-Trichlorophenol
2.4.6-Trichlorophenol
Triethylamine
Ammonia
Baghouse O
Analytical Region (cm" )
1157.86
2919.4
943.52
1181.93
1227.88
1041.11
2788.33
847.5
1227.02
779.26
949.42
885.27
2683
779.31
841.7
928
892.23
1162.67
860.13
2546.18
817.57
800.19
861.39
794.92
881.58
2858.5
1086.21
1178.04
856.27
2756.62
893.1
1254.16
2921.3
981.73
1210
1241.5
1080.5
2842.2
864.5
1240.42
797.38
1019.53
905.56
3061.78
783.55
861.39
- 1085.28
1024.64
1195.76
957.64
3114.35
821.31
803.73
903.93
824.07
911.51
2951.85
1114.37
1204.16
863.36
2839.34
926
utlet, Runs
RMSD
1.3E-02
4.7E-04
9.8E-03
9.8E-03
5.2E-03
1.3E-02
2.5E-03
6.4E-03
5.4E-03
1.6E-01
6.6E-03
1.8E-03
1.1E-02
5.7E-03
5.9E-03
l.OE-02
7.5E-03
9.6E-03
6.9E-03
1.2E-02
2.8E-03
1.5E-02
2.0E-03
1.4E-02
2.3E-03
3.8E-03
4.2E-03
l.OE-02
1.9E-03
2.3E-03
2.8E-03
land 2
Estimated
Uncertainty (ppm)
7.0
0.1
8.5
0.5
3.1
5.8
2.6
0.6
0.4
3.7
0.9
0.2
12.2
0.6
2.5
3.3
3.2
1.6
1.5
13.3
1.3
2.3
1.4
3.4
1.9
3.3
1.1
3.3
0.5
1.0
1.8
RMSD
7.5E-03
2.5E-04
7.5E-03
5.4E-03
2.5E-03
8.2E-03
2.2E-03
3.1E-03
2.6E-03
7.4E-02
5.2E-03
3.0E-03
7.3E-03
2.2E-03
5.5E-03
4.2E-03
2.8E-03
6.7E-03
5.4E-03
6.1E-03
5.2E-03
5.9E-03
1.5E-03
4.3E-03
2.4E-03
8.7E-03
2.6E-03
2.7E-03
2.7E-03
5.5E-03
2.2E-03
Run 3
Estimated
Uncertainty (ppm)
7.5
0.1
11.5
0.5
2.6
6.6
4.1
0.5
0.4
2.9
1.3
0.4
11.2
0.8
2.1
3.9
4.1
1.7
2.0
11.8
1.2
1.2
3.2
3.7
3.6
4.1
1.2
3.2
1.0
1.7
2.6
See Section 4.8, Screening For HAPs.
                                            3-28

-------
TABLE 3-14. APG COOLING STACK.
Compound
Acetonitrile
Acrolein
Acrylonitrile
Allyl Chloride
Benzene
Bromoform
1.3-Butadiene
Carbonyl Sulfide
Chloro benzene
Ethyl Benzene
Ethyl Chloride
Ethylene Dibromide
n-Hexane
Methyl Bromide
Methyl Chloride
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
Methyl Isobutyl Ketone
Methyl Methacrylate
Methylene Chloride
2-Nitropropane
Propylene E>ichloride
Styrene
Tetrachloroethylene
Toluene
1. 1,2-Trichloro ethane
Trichloroethylene
2. 2,4-Trimethy Ipentane
Vinyl Acetate
Vinyl Bromide
Vinyl Chloride
Vinylidene Chloride
O-xylene
P-xylene
Carbon Disulfide
Analytical
1041.4
913.7
968.58
899.55
3036.88
1135.9
895.91
2026.14
1069.86
2959.43
943.43
1167.96
2835.27
2948.11
1017.96
1140.7
2872.05
1137.5
743.96
831.47
996.86
974.29
899.2
3018.19
916.98
919.7
2861.57
1132.83
939.59
894.43
1059.44
2859.84
770.61
2171.64
Cooling Sta
Region (cm1)
1042.88
1000.35
974.19
965.72
3063.07
1154.2
919.75
- 2085.23
1103.34
2997.25
1000.16
1208.92
3005.43
2972.53
1020.72
1222.63
2994.95
1232.04
769.17
868.5
1038
1006.59
925.2
3054.7
956.37
- 959.88
3009.23
1161.19
944.72
899.25
- 1113.01
3095.04
- 819.06
- 2198.03
ck
RMSD
3.3E-04
8.3E-04
3.0E-04
9.7E-04
3.0E-03
1.1E-03
9.9E-04
3.7E-03
6.9E-04
2.0E-03
5.7E-04
1.9E-03
1.9E-03
2.2E-03
2.7E-04
2.0E-03
2.1E-03
2.4E-03
2.8E-03
1.4E-03
8.7E-04
4.6E-04
9.9E-04
3.7E-03
9.2E-04
8.6E-04
2.0E-03
l.OE-03
2.8E-04
2.1E-04
8.4E-04
3.1E-03
2.3E-03
1.1E-03
Estimated
Uncertainty (ppm)
1.84
0.57
0.16
0.66
1.51
0.22
0.32
0.13
0.36
1.13
0.86
1.48
0.29
2.72
0.95
1.57
0.93
0.29
0.29
1.71
1.10
0.62
0.10
1.87
0.70
0.18
0.25
0.09
0.10
0.39
0.24
2.12
1.39
1.11
See Section 4.8, Screening For HAPs.
                                              3-29

-------
TABLE 3-14.  CONTINUED
Compound
Carbon Tetrachloride
Chloroform
Cumene
1.2-Epoxy Butane
Ethylene Oxide
Methanol
Methyl Chloroform
Methyl Iodide
Methyl t-Butyl Ether
Propylene Oxide
M-xylene
Acetone
Acetaldehyde
Acetophenone
Acrylic Acid
Aniline
Benzotrichloride
Benzyl Chloride
Bis(chloromethyl)ether
Chloroacedc acid
2- Chloroacteophenone
Chloromethyl methyl ether
Chloroprene
o-Cresol
m-Cresol
p-Cresol
1.2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane
1.4- Dichloro benzene
Dichloroethyl ether
1 . 3 -Dichloro propene
Dichlorvos
N.N-Diethyl aniline
Dimethyl carbamoyl chloride
Dimethyl formamide
1, 1-Dimethyl hydrazine
Cooling Sta
Analytical Region (cm ')
793.89
758.21
2951.21
902.37
866.9
2807.91
1057.95
1250.18
1070.6
2875.59
2910.25
1182
1092.5
1140.4
1104.89
1102.9
866.5
3027.52
1068.78
1094.97
1274.39
1111.02
875.9
1092.8
1139.68
1159.1
1134.26
995.96
1109.35
768
967.79
2655.32
1068.78
1057.8
885.12
800.58
- 781.25
2998.48
919.7
875
3029.4
1105.3
1253.53
1109
3097.75
2952.78
1255.03
1141
- 1286.06
1164.68
1123.63
877.9
3109.06
1154.25
1124.12
1285.42
1146.08
878.8
1114.07
1172.77
1185.5
1175.42
1031.06
1155.04
791
- 1000.25
3156.07
1114.47
1103.9
936.33
ck
RMSD
3.3E-03
1.5E-03
2.2E-03
9.9E-04
4.5E-04
2.4E-03
7.5E-04
5.4E-04
7.7E-04
3.3E-03
2.1E-03
3.2E-03
1.1E-03
4.2E-03
l.OE-03
l.OE-03
4.9E-04
4.3E-03
9.3E-04
l.OE-03
4.0E-03
1.1E-03
9.1E-05
7.7E-04
9.6E-04
1.5E-03
1.7E-03
7.2E-04
1.1E-03
1.4E-03
4.4E-04
3.5E-03
7.5E-04
7.5E-04
1.2E-03
Estimated
Uncertainty (ppm)
0.07
0.08
0.60
0.78
0.12
2.07
0.14
0.53
0.14
2.26
1.39
1.52
1.65
0.59
0.14
0.36
0.10
3.64
0.11
0.23
0.79
0.17
0.02
0.35
0.18
0.17
2.01
0.33
0.13
0.31
0.07
2.12
0.11
0.18
0.56
See Section 4.8, Screening For HAPs.
                                            3-30

-------
TABLE 3-14. CONTINUED
Compound
Dimethyl phthalate
1,4-Dioxane
Epichlorohy drin
Ethyl Acrykte
Ethylene Dichloride
Ethylidene dichloride
Formaldehyde
Hexachlorobutadiene
Hexachlorocylcopentadiene
Hexachloroe thane
Hexamethylphosphoramide
Hydrochloric Acid
Isophorone
Maleic Anhydride
Methyl hydrazine
Naphthalene
Nitrobenzene
N-Nitrosodimethylene
N- Nitro somorpho Hne
Phenol
beta-Propiolactone
Propionaldehy de
1 .2-Propylenimine
Quinoline
Styrene Oxide
1 , 1 ,2 ,2-Tetrachloroe thane
2.4-Toluene diisocyanate
o_Toluidine
1 , 2,4-Trichloro benzene
2,4,5-Trichlorophenel
2.4,6-Trichlorophenol
Triethylamine
Ammonia
Analytical
1157.86
2861.1
943.52
1181.93
1227.88
1041.11
2788.33
976.9
1136.92
779.26
949.42
2817.35
2681.2
838.45
2683
779.31
841.7
928
892.23
1162.67
1034.68
2546.18
817.57
800.19
861.39
794.92
1066.71
2858.5
1086.21
1178.04
856.27
2756.62
893.1
Cooling Sta
Region (cm1)
1254.16
2864.8
981.73
1210
1241.5
1080.5
- 2842.2
997.7
1148.34
797.38
1019.53
2823.26
3130.6
841.3
3061.78
783.55
861.39
1085.28
1024.64
1195.76
1152.25
3114.35
821.31
803.73
903.93
824.07
1086.8
2951.85
1114.37
1204.16
863.36
2839.34
926
ck
RMSD
3.1E-03
6.9E-04
5.7E-04
1.9E-03
2.0E-03
9.9E-04
l.OE-03
4.5E-04
6.9E-04
1.9E-03
5.4E-04
4.5E-04
3.3E-03
4.3E-04
2.7E-03
6.9E-04
1.7E-03
1.4E-03
l.OE-03
2.1E-03
1.2E-03
3.7E-03
5.0E-04
l.OE-03
7.1E-04
2.2E-03
5.4E-04
1.7E-03
8.0E-04
1.9E-03
5.8E-04
1.1E-03
l.OE-03
Estimated
Uncertainty (ppm)
1.75
0.11
0.49
0.10
1.16
0.44
1.06
0.07
0.13
0.04
0.08
0.47
2.23
0.04
3.09
0.07
0.72
0.45
0.43
0.35
0.23
4.22
0.23
0.16
0.53
0.52
0.45
1.52
0.21
0.60
0.15
0.50
0.66
See Section 4.8, Screening For HAPs.
                                             3-31

-------
                  275
                                           SO2 (ppm) at APG Baghouse Inlet

                                                   Run 1 (10/22/96)
                            i-  CM
                                                          Time of day
U)
K)
                                            CO (ppm) at APG Baghouse Inlet
                                                   Run 1 (10/22/96)
            CQ



            .SP -M*
              •§  1000!'
                  -500
                                 c\   c
                                         CO
                                                         Time of day
             Figure 3-1.  Concentrations at APG baghouse inlet. Run 1, 10/22/96

-------
                                           HC1 (ppm) at APG Baghouse Inlet
                                                   Run 1 (10/22/96)
UJ
OJ
           c
           1
           
                                                         Time of day
                Figure 3-2.  Concentrations at APG baghouse inlet. Run 1, 10/22/96

-------
      300
"c «  100
 * 3
 g §   50
 a
 a
                                SO2 (ppm) at APG Baghouse Inlet
                                        Run 2 (10/23/96)
      1600
CB     1400 -
I £,  1200 -
'S  .5  1000
rr  m
•a  •£   800
«  |   600
I, 3   40°
««     200
         0 -f
                                               Time of day
                                   CO (ppm)at APG Baghouse Inlet
                                          Run 2 (10/23/96)
                                               Time of day
              Figure 3-3. Concentrations at APG baghouse inlet. Run 2, 10/23/96

-------
                                        11(1 (ppm) at APG Baghouse Inlet
                                                Run 2 (10/23/96)
           1
OJ
                                                     Time of day
                        Figure 3-4.  HC1 concentrations at APG baghouse inlet. Run 2, 10/23/96

-------
Os
                 300
                                           SO2 (ppm) at APG Baghouse Inlet
                                                  Run 3 (10/24/96)
                                                         Time of day
                                           CO (ppm) at APG Baghouse Inlet
                                                  Run 3 (10/24/96)
                                                         Time of day
                            Figure 3-5.  Concentrations at APG baghouse inlet. Run 3, 1O/24/96

-------
-10
                              HCI (ppm) at APG Baghouse Inlet

                                      Run 3 (10/24/96)


1
o
1
ft
C
1
a

OL/
70 -
60
50
40

30 -

20

10 -

- 1
•






,

   in   T-  CM
                                                                       r--  r-  •*!•  CM  oo  CM  CM
                                                                       T-  co  m  i-  CM  •<*  T-
   OO   T-
                        cr  co
                                        LO  in  in  CD  CD  to
                                                                       en  oo  oo  o>
                                                                                     o>
                                                                                           o
                                                                                           CM
                                            Time of day
               Figure 3-6.  HCI concentrations at APG baghouse inlet. Run 3, 10/24/96

-------
             CO


             oe £»

            '3 c
            "S "*-
             C 'W
             a
             a,
60



50 -



40



30 -



20



10



 0 +
-10


  10:
                                  SO2 Concentrations at APG Baghouse Outlet. Runl, 10/22/96
                       30     11:30     12:30     13:30     14:30     15:30



                                                           Time of Day
                                                        16:30
17:30
18:30
19:30
u>
oo
                   2980
                    -20


                       10:30
                                  CO Concentrations at APG Baghouse Outlet. Runl, 10/22/96
            11:30     12:30     13:30    14:30     15:30     16:30     17:30    18:30



                                       Time of Day
                 19:30
                           Figure 3-7. Concentrations at APG baghouse outlet.  Run 1, 10/22/96

-------
             HCI (ppm) at APG Baghouse Outlet
                     Run 1 (10/22/96)
                           Time of day
Figure 3-8. HCI concentrations at APG baghouse outlet.  Run 1, 10/22/96

-------
u>
o
           en
           * £
           I 8
           a 3
 70
 60
 50
 40
 30
 20
 10
  0 +
-10
  10:
                     00
                     -20
                                 SO2 Concentrations at APG Baghouse Outlet. Run2, 10/23/96
11:00       12:00      13:00       14:00       15:00
                           Time of Day
16:00
17:00
                                 CO Concentrations at APG Baghouse Outlet. Run2, 10/23/96
                       10:00      11:00       12:00      13:00      14:00
                                                           Time of Day
                                            15:00
 16:00
17:00
                              Figure 3-9.  Concentrations at APG baghouse outlet. Run 2, 1O/23/96

-------
               HC1 (ppm) at APG Baghouse Outlet
                       Run 2 (10/23/96)
                                   HC1 Spiked Samples, 14:00 to 15:34
                            Time of day
Figure 3-10.  HC1 concentrations at APG baghouse outlet. Run 2,  10/23/96

-------
OJ
-k
to
                                    SO2 Concentrations at APG Baghouse Outlet.  Run 3, 10/24/96
                    70
                    60  -
                    50
03
WO £>
•S  C  40
I  a
              a
              a
      30  -
      20 -
      10
       0 +
      -10
        10
                                                                                          4-
                       :00
11:00    12:00   13:00    14:00   15:00    16:00   17:00    18:00   19:00   20:00   21:00
                                Time of Day


       CO Concentrations at APG Baghouse Outlet. Run 3, 10/24/96
                   1900  -
             CS
                   -100
                      10:00    11:00   12:00   13:00    14:00   15:00    16:00   17:00   18:00   19.00   20:00    21:00
                                                             Time of Day
                            Figure 3-11. Concentrations at APG baghouse outlet.  Run 3, 10/24/96

-------
80
70
       Condenser Sample
-10
       r^  co  oo  i-
       -i-  co  m  c\j
                                 HCI (ppm) at APG Baghouse Outlet

                                          Run 3 (10/24/96)
                                HCI Spiked Samples,  14:22 to 16:44
++4
I  I I  I I  I  I I
             T-  CvJ C\J  CO  CO
                                Tj-TtinininincDcocoi^r^-i-~-ooooooooo5
                                                                                          CD o  o
                                                                                          •«- cvj  eg
                                              Time of day
              Figure 3-12. HCI concentrations at APG baghouse outlet.  Run 3, 10/24/96

-------
                            4.0 FTIR TEST PROCEDURES

       A heated sample delivery system (Figure 4-1) was used to extract flue gas through a
stainless steel probe and transport the flowing sample gas through a heated teflon sampling line
to a heated gas distribution manifold. Valves in the manifold were used to direct the sample flow
(or a calibration standard) to the FTIR gas cell.
4.1  SAMPLING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
       This description refers to Figure 4-1.
4.1.1  Sampling System Components
       The sample was extracted through a single port using a 4-ft long, 0.5-in diameter stainless
steel probe. Sample was transported through heated 3/8-in Teflon line using a KNF Neuberger
heated head sample pump (Model NO35 ST.l II).  A Balston paniculate filter (holder Model
Number 30-25, filter element Model Number 100-25-BH, 99 percent removal efficiency at
0.1 /xm) was connected in-line at the outlet of the sample probe. The sample line was heat
wrapped and insulated. Temperature controllers were used to monitor and regulate the sample
line temperature at about 350°F.
       The sample pump outlet was connected to the sample manifold.  The sample stream
passed through a  secondary Balston paniculate filter immediately after entering the manifold
box. The manifold is constructed of stainless steel 3/8-in tubing and contains 4-way valves and
heated rotameters (0 to 20 LPM) to allow the operator to control sample flow to the FTIR cell. A
heated 1/4-in diameter 20-ft long Teflon jumper line connected the manifold to the inlet of the
FTIR gas cell.  The manifold was maintained at 300° to 310°F.
                                         4-1

-------
                                         Heated
                                     Sample ManltoM
                  V«*M    -4
                  VM* 91    -4
                        Heated
                      Probe Box
Baghous* Intel
  Prob*«2
                     SpNn Urn
                                        Baltton
                                         Filter
Flow meter
 Unheated Line

- Heated Line
                                                              Heated bundle*
                                          Svnpl.Un.t1
                                                   '
                                                             100'
                                                  Um fl
                                                                                            20'
                                                                                              20'
                                                                                                                        O» Um
                                                                                                                     On MvUfoM
                                  To CaUbratfon O»
                                     CyUmtara
                               Figure 4-1. FTIR sampling system configuration for test at APG Lime Plant.

-------
4.1.2  Sample Conditioning
       Some samples were passed through a chilled condenser system to remove moisture before
going to the FTIR cell.  The condenser inlet was connected to a second outlet of the gas
distribution manifold through a another heated 1/4-in Teflon. A 4-way valve on the manifold
controlled sample flow  to the condenser.  The condenser outlet was connected by a Teflon line to
the inlet of the FTIR gas cell.
       Since the condenser is not effective for measuring HC1 or other water-soluble
compounds, it was not used extensively.  The primary benefit of the condenser is in lowering
moisture to better reveal spectral features of gas phase compounds, such NOX and SO2.
4.2 SAMPLING PROCEDURE
       This test required two sampling configurations.
4.2.1  Testing Two Locations Simultaneously
       The inlet and outlet to the baghouse were sampled with the configuration shown in
Figure 4-1. Two separate sample lines, probes, and pumps were used, one for each location.
Both sampling lines were connected to the common  sampling manifold.  Each line had a pressure
gauge at the manifold inlet and a rotameter at the manifold outlet. A vent turn-valve was used to
independently control and monitor the total sample flow through either sample line. The 4-way
valves, at the manifold  outlet leading to the FTIR cell and leading to the condenser, could be
turned to select gas from sample line 1, gas from sample line 2, calibration standard gas, or could
be closed.
       The baghouse outlet sample probe was  connected to a heated box that contained the
initial Balston paniculate filter. The initial particulate filter at the baghouse inlet probe was
wrapped in heat tape and insulated. The gas temperature at the inlet was about 500°F so it was
necessary to let the gas  cool in the unheated probe to about 350°F before reaching the Teflon
line. Each location was within 100-ft of the FTIR trailer position.
       A 100-ft spike line went to each location and connected to the sample line at a "tee" just
upstream of the particulate filter.  Spike flow to either location was controlled by the mass flow
meter at the outlet to the calibration manifold.  Spike flow to the  baghouse inlet could be turned
on or off with  a 2-way valve in the FTIR trailer.  Spike flow to the baghouse outlet sample line
was turned on  or off with a 3-way valve in the  heated probe box. For each location the spike and

                                           4-3

-------
sample lines were contained in the same heated bundle and the temperature was regulated by the
same heat controller.  Either sample line could be spiked with the pre-heated HC1 standard at a
controlled dilution ratio.
4.2.2 Testing a Single Location
       The cooling stack was sampled alone. This configuration was the same as that shown in
Figure 4-1 for the baghouse outlet location. The  same spike line and valve configuration were
also used.
4.3 SAMPLING PROCEDURES
       Figure 4-2 is a schematic showing the FTIR instrument configuration and connections
with the sample manifold and condenser.
       Because HC1 was prominent in the emissions, most of the measurements  were performed
using a batch sampling procedure to collect a spectrum of a static sample. Some measurements
were performed with the sample flowing through the cell. Some samples were diluted in the cell
with dry nitrogen and some were passed through  a condenser.
4.3.1 Batch Sampling
       The batch sampling procedure was used to collect samples in the FTIR cell (Section 8.7.1
in EPA Method 320 in Appendix D and reference 1).  Sample gas continuously flowed from the
probe through the sample line, through the manifold and out a manifold vent (Figure 4-1). The
4-way valve on the manifold was turned to fill the FTIR cell to ambient pressure, which was
about 720 mm Hg.  The total flow meter before the vent was monitored to ensure that a positive
flow was always directed out the vent during sampling.  The cell inlet valve was  then closed to
isolate the sample and the sample spectrum was recorded. Then the cell was evacuated for the
next sample.
4.3.2 Flow Through Measurements
       The cell was filled as in the  batch sampling procedure.  The sample inlet  valve was kept
open and the cell outlet valve was also opened to allow gas to pass through the cell.  The sample
was maintained at ambient pressure by having the outlet  valve partially open to the vacuum
pump.  The inlet sample flow valve was adjusted until the pressure gauge was stable at ambient
pressure. The spectrum of the sample was recorded, and then the cell was evacuated for the next
sample.

                                          4-4

-------
                                                                    Vent 2   Vent 1
/ / // / XXHot i«mpte Km 
-------
4.3.3  Dilution Samples
       Diluting the sample is a procedure for reducing spectral interference from moisture or
CO2.  This procedure is only effective if the target analyte is present at a high enough
concentration to be detected after the dilution.  The objective was to dilute the sample to 1/2 to
1/4 its original concentration.
       The cell was partially filled with dry nitrogen and the cell pressure was recorded. Then
the cell was filled to ambient pressure with sample gas.  The final pressure was recorded, the
spectrum of the static sample was measured and the cell was evacuated for the next sample.
4.3.4  Condenser Samples
       The condenser was not used extensively at the baghouse locations because it is not
effective for measuring HC1. Directing the sample through a condenser can remove much of the
moisture and improve the measurement sensitivity for analytes that pass through the condenser.
Analytes that are water soluble, such as HC1, or have low vapor pressures at 32 °F cannot be
measured using a condenser system.
       Sample was diverted to the condenser through a second 4-way valve on the main
manifold (Figure 4-2). The  valve was turned to direct sample from either location through the
condenser. This could be done while untreated sample was sent to the FTIR cell through the
other 4-way valve. After flow passed through the condenser for about 10 minutes, a 3-way valve
at the cell inlet was turned to allow the condenser sample into the cell.  The cell was filled to
ambient pressure and the spectrum recorded using the batch sampling procedure.
       Before  and after sampling a location dry nitrogen was passed through the condenser and
into the FTIR cell and a spectrum of the nitrogen was recorded. This was to verify that the
condenser was not contaminating the samples.
4.4 ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES
       Analytical procedures in the EPA FTIR Protocol2 (Appendix D) were followed.
Analytical programs were prepared after the field test was completed. The programs employed
an automated routine to analyze the spectra using mathematical techniques based on a K-matrix
analysis to determine analyte concentrations. The calculated concentrations were used to scale
reference spectra, which were sequentially subtracted from the sample spectra.  The subtracted
residual baseline spectra were analyzed to estimate  uncertainties in the reported concentrations.

                                           4-6

-------
K-matrix, and other quantitative methods, are described in references 3 and 4. Additional detail
on the quantitative method is given in Appendix C.
4.5 FTIR SYSTEM
       The FTIR system was a KVB/Analect RFX-40 interferometer.  A heated variable path
(D-22H) gas cell from Infrared Analysis, Inc contained the samples.
       Two path lengths were used in this test  The cell was adjusted to 40 beam passes for
testing at the cooling stack and Runs 1 and 2 at the baghouse locations. The path length was
decreased to 20 beam passes for Run 3 at the baghouse locations. The number of beams passes
was measured using a helium-neon laser. The number of beam passes was measured by shining
a He/Ne laser through the optical path and observing the number of laser spots on the field
mirror.  The path lengths in meters were determined by comparing CTS EPA reference spectra to
the CTS spectra collected at each path length.  More detail on the path length determinations is
given in Appendix C.
       A mercury/cadmium/telluride (MCT) liquid nitrogen detector will be used.  Spectra were
collected at 1.0 cm"1, the highest resolution of the RFX-40 system.
4.6 ANALYTE SPIKING
       Hydrogen chloride was an important target analyte. It is reactive and water soluble.
Sample flow and temperature influence whether HC1 can quantitatively pass through the
sampling system to the analyzer. An FTIR instrument is ideally suited to measure spiked
samples because many analytes have very distinct infrared spectra and this is especially true of
HC1.
       The purpose of this procedure is to measure a gas standard directly with the analyzer and
compare that measurement to one in a sample that has been spiked with a known concentration
of the analyte.  Ideally, the spike will comprise about 1/10 or less of the spiked sample.
       The spike procedure follows Section 9.2 of EPA  Method 320' (Appendix D). The SF6
tracer gas was not contained in the same cylinder as the HC1 standard.  The tracer gas was first
spiked from a cylinder standard of 4 ppm SF6 in nitrogen. The total sample flow and the spike
flow were continuously monitored and recorded while 3  separate spiked batch samples were
collected and their spectra recorded. The SF6 spike was then turned off and the HC1 spike was
turned on. The HC1 spike flow was set at the same value as the SF6 flow. At least three batch

                                          4-7

-------
samples spiked with HC1 were collected and their spectra recorded while the total sample flow
was continuously monitored and recorded. The HC1 spike was then turned off and the procedure
was repeated with the SF6 standard to collect three more samples.
       Three samples from the cooling stack were spiked with HC1. The baghouse inlet was
spiked during Run 1 and the outlet was spiked during Runs 2 and 3.  The sample flow was very
consistent during Run 1 at the baghouse inlet and Runs 2 and 3 at the outlet. Since the spike
flow rate was kept constant, it can be assumed the spike dilution ratio was also consistent. For
this test the procedure of spiking the analyte and the tracer gas separately was effective. This is
supported by the results of the SF6 spike measurements before and after each spike run. The SF6
results were consistent.  The HC1 flue gas concentrations also appeared to be consistent so even
the sequential sampling procedure (Section 13.1.2 in EPA Method 320 in Appendix D) appears
to have been effective for  spiking with HC1 in this test.
4.7 ANALYSIS OF SPIKED RESULTS
       The statistical procedures in Section 6.3 of EPA Method 301 were followed to analyze
the spiked and unspiked results. The application of these procedures to FTIR test data is
described in Section 13  of EPA Method 320 in Appendix D.
4.8 SCREENING FOR HAPs
       Estimated uncertainties for undetected compounds are presented in Tables 3-12 to 3-14.
       After analysis, the residual sample spectra were screened for absorbances due to
hazardous air pollutants in the EPA FTIR spectral library.
       The residual spectra were produced by sequential subtractions of scaled reference spectra.
Reference spectra were  scaled by a factor equal to the ratio  of the calculated sample
concentration divided by the reference spectrum concentration (corrected for path length and
temperature). The estimated uncertainty is determined primarily by the moisture in the sample
gas.  Higher moisture results in a higher calculated uncertainty.
      The noise level in each analytical region of the residual spectra was taken as the root mean
square deviation (RMSD) of the baseline.  The RMSD was multiplied by the width (in cm"1) of
the analytical region. This value was compared to the integrated area in the same region of a
reference spectrum of the  compound. The noise was calculated from the equation:
                                          4-8

-------
             RMSD  = (l)l"(A,-AJ2F                                         (1)
where:
         RMSD  =   Root mean square deviation in the absorbance values within a region.
          n      =   Number of absorbance values in the region.
          A,      =   Absorbance value of the i"1 data point in the analytical region.
          AM    =   Mean of all the absorbance values in the region.

The estimated uncertainty for a non-detect is given by:
                    RMSD x (jr.  - x.)
                  -  —        ^ * CON>                                ™
where:
         Uppm  =   Noise related uncertainty in ppm.
          X2    =   Upper limit, in cm"1, of the analytical region.
          Xj    =   Lower limit, in cm"1, of the analytical region.
         AreaR   =   Total band area (corrected for path length, temperature, and pressure) in
                     analytical region of reference spectrum.
         ConR    =   Reference spectrum concentration.

      This procedure for estimating the uncertainty for an undetected compound usually yields a
number that is higher than the actual quantitation limit. This is because no attempt is made to
optimize the analytical regions for each compound, nor is the spectral subtraction optimized. (All
spectral subtractions are performed, even subtractions that are unnecessary for detecting a
particular compound, before the RMSD calculations are performed.) Additionally, band area
calculations give a conservative estimate of analyte quantitation limits because the analytical
program can usually detect analyte absorbances at lower concentrations than the band area
calculations indicate.
                                           4-9

-------
                    5.0 SUMMARY OF FTIR QA/QC PROCEDURES

5.1  SAMPLING AND TEST CONDITIONS
      Sample lines were cleaned by purging with moist air (250° F).  Following this, the lines
were checked with nitrogen. This was done by heating the sampling lines to 250°F and then
purging with dry nitrogen. The FTIR cell was filled with some of the purging nitrogen and the
spectrum of this sample was collected. This single beam spectrum was converted to absorbance
using a spectral background of pure nitrogen (99.99 percent) that was taken directly from a
cylinder.  The lines were checked again on site before sampling, after each change of location,
and after spiking.
      Each FTIR run was performed for the full duration of the manual sampling. Most of the
batch samples were untreated or untreated samples spiked with the HC1 standard. Since HC1 was
the primary pollutant, only a few condenser samples were measured.  HC1 spiked and unspiked
results were analyzed as a QA check on the suitability of the sampling system for transporting
HC1.
      Several QA measures were followed to avoid contamination of the sampling system with
the HC1 spike. At least  10 unspiked samples were measured at the start of each run before any
spiking was performed.  No spiking was performed during Run 1 at the baghouse outlet or
Runs 2 and 3 at the inlet. At both the baghouse inlet and outlet, ambient air was sampled through
the lines after each run and before Runs 2 and 3.
      Each spectrum was assigned a unique file name and written to the hard disk and a backup
disk  under that file name. Each interferogram also received a file name that identifies it with its
corresponding absorbance spectrum.  All background spectra and calibration spectra were stored
on disks with their corresponding interfere grams.  A backup copy of all spectra was given to
EPA on-site immediately after the test was completed.

                                          5-1

-------
      A hard copy data sheet showing a record of every sample, background and calibration is
included in Appendix B of this report. A copy of these records was given to EPA immediately
after the test was completed. A transcribed record is also included in the report. Several minor
errors in the original written record were corrected in the transcribed version.
      Below are listed some important sampling and instrument parameters that were constantly
monitored and some were periodically recorded.
Sampling Conditions
•  Line temperature
•  Process conditions
•  Sample flow rate
•  Ambient pressure
•  Time of sample collection
Instrument Configuration
•  Cell temperature
•  Cell path length
•  Instrument resolution
•  Number of scans co-added
•  Length of time to measure spectrum
•  Time spectrum was collected
•  Time and conditions of recorded background spectrum
•  Time and conditions of relevant CTS spectra
       Effluent was allowed to flow through the entire sampling system for at least 5 minutes
before a the start of a sampling run or after changing to a different conditioning system, or test
location. Single beam background spectra were periodically collected to try and maintain a
baseline within ±5 percent of 100 percent  transmittance.
       The samples from two locations passed through separate sampling systems, except for a
20-ft section from the manifold to the cell. This section was evacuated each time sampling was
switched from one location to the other. Background spectra and spectra of the empty cell (with
the cell valve open) served as a check that the 20-ft connection line did not become
contaminated.
                                          5-2

-------
       When the condenser was in use, sample was kept constantly flowing through it before a
sample was measured. Before switching to the other location, nitrogen was passed through the
condenser and a sample of the nitrogen was measured in the FTIR cell.
5.2 FTIR SPECTRA
       For a detailed description of QA/QC procedures relating to data collection and analysis,
refer to the "Protocol For Applying FTIR Spectrometry in Emission Testing" (Appendix D).2 A
spectrum of the calibration transfer standard (CTS) was recorded at the beginning and end of
each test run. Vacuum and positive pressure leak checks of the FTIR cell through the sample
manifold were performed according to the procedures in the EPA Protocol  and Method 320.
Leak check results are recorded in Appendix B. Two CTS  gases were used; 99.4 ppm ethylene in
nitrogen and 20.0 ppm ethylene in nitrogen.  Both CTS gases were measured at least once each
time the path length was changed. The 99.4 standard was used primarily for the shorter path
lengths and the 20.0 ppm standard was used primarily for the longer path lengths. The CTS
spectrum provided a check on the operating conditions of the FTIR instrumentation, e.g. spectral
resolution and cell path length. Ambient pressure was recorded whenever a CTS spectrum was
collected and frequently during sampling. MRI also obtained independent pressure recordings
from PES (Appendix A).  Ambient pressure was consistently about 720 mm Hg (about 28.4 in.
Hg).
       Multiple copies of all  interferograms, processed backgrounds, sample spectra, and the
CTS were stored on separate computer cartridges.
5.3 CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
       During Run 2 at the baghouse inlet the particulate filter was changed to increase the
sample flow.  This improved the flow, but it decreased as the run continued. Eventually, a clog
was removed from the back of the probe and the flow became consistent again as it had been in
Run 1.
                                          5-3

-------
                                 6.0 REFERENCES
1.    "Measurement of Vapor Phase Organic and Inorganic Emissions by Extractive Fourier
     Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy," EPA Contract No. 68-D2-0165, Work
     Assignment 3-08, July, 1996.

2.    "Protocol For The Use of FTIR Spectrometry to Perform Extractive Emissions Testing at
     Industrial Sources," EPA Contract No. 68-D2-0165, Work Assignment 3-12, EMTIC
     Bulletin Board, September, 1996.

3.    "Computer-Assisted Quantitative Infrared Spectroscopy," Gregory L. McClure (ed.),
     ASTM Special Publication 934 (ASTM), 1987.

4.    "Multivariate Least-Squares Methods Applied to the Quantitative Spectral Analysis of
     Multicomponent Mixtures," Applied Spectroscopy, 39(10), 73-84, 1985.

5.    "Method 301  Field Validation of Pollutant Measurement Methods from Various Waste
     Media," 40 CFR Part 63, Appendix A.
                                        6-1

-------
                                  APPENDIX A.

                    ADDITIONAL DATA AND CALCULATIONS

      This appendix presents measurements and results from PES. Included are Method 25A
results and stack gas measurements conducted during the testing.

-------
09
li 01 FA! 319 941  0234
                                          FhS-RTP
                                                                                        2100.3
                            Summary of Stack Gas Parameters and Test Results
                          Lime Manufacturing Emission Test • APG Lime Company
                           US EPA Test Method 29 - Metals and Participate Matter
                                        Kiln No. 2 - Cooler Stack
                                             Page 1 of 3


00
(dH)
(Pbar)
(Vm)
(Tm)
(Pg)
(Ts)
(Vic)
(%C02)
(%02)
(%N2)
(Cp)
(dP)
(Theta)
(Dn)

(An)
(Vmstd, cf)
(Vmstd, cm)
(Qm)
(Ps)
(%H20)
(%H20sat)
(Vwstd)
(Mfd)
(Md)
(Ms)
(Vs)
(A)
(Qa)
(Qs, dm)
(Qs, cmm)
(I)
RUN NUMBER
RUN DATE
RUN TIME
MEASURED DATA
Meter Box Correction Factor, Y
Avg Meter Orifice Pressure, in. H20
Barometric Pressure, in. Hg
Sample Volume, ff
Average Meter Temperature, *F
Stack Static Pressure, in. H2O
Average Stack Temperature, °F
Condensate Collected, ml
Carbon Dioxide content, % by volume
Oxygen content, % by volume
Nitrogen content, % by volume
Prtot Tube Coefficient
Avg Sqrt Delta P, (in. H2O)VS
Sample Time, min
Nozzle Diameter, in.
CALCULATED DATA
Nozzle Area, square feet
Standard Meter Volume, ft*
Standard Meter Volume, m*
Average Sampling Rate, dscfm
Stack Pressure, inches Hg
Moisture, %
Moisture (at saturation), %
Standard Water Vapor Volume, ft3
Dry Mole Fraction
Molecular Weight-dry, Ib/lb-mole
Molecular Weight-wet, Ib/lb-mole
Velocity, ft/s
Stack Area, ft3
Stack Gas Volumetric flow, acfm
Stack Gas Volumetric flow, dscfm
Stack Gas Volumetric flow, dscmm
Isokinetic Rate, %
M29-10 M29-11 M29-12
10/21/96 10/21/96 10/21/96
1125-1334 1404-1607 1625-1828

1.008
1.542
28.31
86.971
101
0.00
201
16.0
0.0
20.9
79.1
0.84
0.0731
120
0.748

0.00305
78.328
2.218
0.653
28.31
1.0
83.8
0.753
0.990
28.84
28.73
4.7
27.69
7,862
5,887
167
100.6

1.008
1.378
28.31
83.919
106
0.00
226
22.8
0.0
20.9
79.1
0.84
0.0708
120
0.748

0.00305
74.946
2.122
0.625
28.31
1.4
139.8
1.073
0.986
28.84
28.68
4.7
27.69
7,767
5,571
158
101.7

1.008
1.464
28.31
86.680
109
0.00
207
15.0
0.0
20.9
79.1
0.84
0.0708
120
0.748

0.00305
76.976
2.180
0.641
28.31
0.9
95.8
0.706
0.991
28.84
28.74
4.6
27.69
7,653
5,677
161
102.5
Average

1.008
1.461
28.31
85.857
105
0.00
211
17.9
0.0
20.9
79.1
0.84
0.0716
120
0.748

0.00305
76.750
2.173
0.640
28.31
1.1
106.5
0.844
0.989
28.84
28.72
4.7
27.69
7,760
5,711
162
101.6

-------
                      PES  RTF  NC
                                                                  030
  Summary of Stack Gas Parameters and Test Results
Lime Manufacturing Emission Test - APG Lime Company
         US EPA Test Method 23 - CDD/CDF
            Kiln No. 1 - Baghouse Inlet
                   Page 1 of 6


00
(dH)
(Pbar)
(Vm)
(Tm)
(Pg)
(Ts)
(Vic)
(%C02)
(%O2)
(%N2)
(Cp)
(dP)
(Theta)
(Dn)

(An)
(Vmstd, cf)
(Vmstd, cm)
(Qm)
(Ps)
(%H2O)
(%H2Osat)
(Vwstd)
(Mfd)
(Md)
(Ms)
(Vs)
(A)
(Qa)
(Qs.cmm)
(Qs.cfm)
(I)
RUN NUMBER
RUN DATE
RUN TIME
MEASURED DATA
Meter Box Correction Factor, Y
Avg Meter Orifice Pressure, in. H20
Barometric Pressure, in. Hg
Sample Volume, ft1
Average Meter Temperature, *F
Stack Static Pressure, in. H2O
Average Stack Temperature, "F
Condensate Collected, ml
Carbon Dioxide content, % by volume
Oxygen rontent, % by volume
Nitrogen content, % by volume
PitotTube Coefficient
Avg Sqrt Delta P. (in. H2O)%
Sample Time, min
Nozzle Diameter, in.
CALCULATED DATA
Nozzle Area, ft1
Standard Meter Volume, dscf
Standard Meter Volume, dscm
Average Sampling Rate, dscfm
Stack Pressure, in. Hg
Moisture, % by volume
Moisture (at saturation), %
Standard Water Vapor Volume, ft*
Dry Mold Fraction
Molecular Weight-dry, Ib/lb-mole
Molecular Weight-wet, Ib/lb-mole
Stack Gas Velocity, ft/s
Stack Area, ft*
SUck Gas Volumetric flow, acfm
Stack Gas Volumetric flow, dscfm
Stack Gaa Volumetric flow, dscmm
Isokjnetc Sampling Ratio, %
M23-6-I
10/22/96
1130-1743

1.009
0.537
28.38
99.554
77
-2.80
497
79.9
10.7
13.2
76.1
0.84
0.788
240
0.197

0.000212
93.834
2.643
0.391
28.17
3.9
5012,5
3.761
0.96
30.24
29.77
60.5
28.47
103,295
51,576
1,460.5
102.0
M23-7-I
10/23/96
1040-1540

1.009
0.603
28.17
105,205
70
•2.80
498
80.0
10.3
13.9
75.8
0.84
0.833
240
0.197

0.000212
99.690
2.808
0.415
27.96
3.6
5102.5
3.766
0.96
30.20
29.76
64.2
28.47
109,590
54.368
1,539.5
102.8
M23-8-I
10/24/96
1054-1715

1.009
0.561
28.30
101.289
69
-2.80
497
85.8
10.1
14.0
75.9
0.84
0.856
240
0.191

0.000199
96.556
2.720
0.402
28.09
4.0
5040.2
4.039
0.96
30.18
29.69
65.8
28.47
112,436
• 55,870
1,582.1
103.1
Average

1.009
0.567
28.283
102.016
71.931
-2.80
497,472
81.9
10,4
13.7
75.9
0,84
0.825
240
0.195

0.000207
98.693
2.724
0.403
28.08
3.6
5051.7
3.855
0.962
30.21
29.74
63,5
28.47
108440
53,938
1,527.4
102.6

-------
.i  96
        15:4:
©19199410234
PES RTF NC
                                                                                  21021/030
Summary of Stack Gas Parameters and Teat ReeuHa
Lime Manufacturing Emission Test • APG Lime Company
US EPA Test Method 29 • Metals and Particulars Matter
Kiln No. 1 - Baghouse Inlet




00
(dH)
(Pbar)
(Vm)
(Tm)
(Pg)
(T3)
(Vic)
(%CO2)
(%02)
(%N2)
(Cp)
(dP)
(Theta)
(Dn)

(An)
(Vmstd)
(Ps)
(%H20)
(Vwstd)
(Mfd)
(Md)
(Ms)
(Vs)
(A)
(Qa)
(Qs)
(I)
Pagel
RUN NUMBER
F.UN DATE
RUN TIME
MEASURED DATA
Meter Box Correction Factor, Y
Avg Meter Orifice Pressure, in. H2O
E are metric Pressure, in. Hg
Sample Volume, ft*
Average Meter Temperature, *F
Stack Static Pressure, in. H2O
Average Stack Temperature. °F
Condensate Collected, ml
Carbon Dioxide content, % by volume
Oxygen content, % by volume
Nitrogen content % by volume
F tot Tube Coefficient
Avg Sqrt Delta P. C«. H2O)!4
Sample Time, min
Nozzle Diameter, in.
CALCULATED DATA
Nozzle Area, ft*
Standard Meter Volume, dscf
Stack Pressure, in. Hg
Moisture, % by volume
Standard Water Vapor Volume, ft*
Dry Mole Fraction
Molecular Weight-dry, Ib/lb-mole
Molecular Weight-wet, Ib/lb-mole
Stack Gas Velocity, ft/s
Stack Area, ft*
Stack Gas Volumetric flow, acfrn
Stack Gas Volumetric flow, dscfm
Isokirwtic Sampling Ratio. %
of 3
M29-13-I
10/22/96
1130-1743

0.978
0.54
28.38
100.071
86
-Z80
500
79.9
10.7
13.2
76.1
0.84
0.786
240.0
0.197

0.000212
89.903
28.17
4.0
3.761
0.96
30.24
29.75
60.4
27.69
100,343
49,838
98.3

M29-14-I
10/23/96
1040-1540

0.978
0.48
28.17
94.188
105
-3.00
504
80.0
10.3
13.9
75.8
0.84
0.800
240.0
0.188

0.000193
81.105
27.95
4.4
3.766
0.96
30.20
28.86
62.8
27.69
104,372
51.027
95.1

M29-14-I
10/24/96
1054-1715

0.978
0.54
28.30
100.000
78
-3.50
504
89.6
9.9
14.0
76.1
0.84
0.855
240.0
0.188

0.000193
90.953
28.04
4.4
4.217
0.96
30.14
28.81
67.0
27.69
111,388
54.621
99.7

Average



0.52
28.28
98.086
89
-3.10
503
83.2
10.3
13.7
76.0

0.814



0.000199
87.320
28.06
4.3
3.915
0.957
3020
29.14
63.4
27.69
105,368
51.829
97.7

-------
--  - 5  JO
                                                                   PE5  RIP  NC
                                                                               030
                                      1033
                                   1054.11:10
                                   11:10-1125
                                   11:26.11*0
                                   11:40-11:55
                                   11*6-1110
                                   12-.10122S
                                   12.26-12:40
                                      1243
                                   13:10.1125
                                   1325-13:40
                                   13*4-14:10
                                   14:10.14425
                                   1425-14*0
 APG Lime Corporation
  Kin No. 1  lry«t to Baghous*
0.00     0.00%
sooo
          DIM
0.4O     0.40W
50.80     Z40*
                                                                                               ppmTVIC
                                          00 I
                                                                Odft
                                                       0.40     0.40%
                                                      SOJO    2.40%
                                        4V.72I
                                        S7.MI
                                                            CaUbiMon
     0.40
     XSO
     SOJO
     msa
                                                           0.44%
                                                           1.02%
                                                    Slop*
                                                              OJ073203
                                                              0.707290B
                                   15:00-15:10
                                   19MO-1SJ5
                                   1&40-1159
                                   1&4S-1&10
                                   1925-10:40
                                   17:1 0.1 7S5
                                   17«S.1*10
                                   1fc10-1fc25
                                   H25-1MO
                                   18*0-1fc36
                                   1835-1*10
                                   IKlO-lftM
                                   1US-1MO
                                                                                               ppmTHC
                                                                   P>p)

-------
.S  96
          . 40
S19199410234
                                          PES RTF NC
                                                                                       - 030
Summary of Stack Gas Parameters and Test Results
Lime Manufacturing Emission Test • APG Lime Company
US EPA Test Method 23 • CDD/CDF
Kiln No. 1 • BaghouM Outlet
Page 1 of 6



00
(dH)
(Pbar)
(Vm)
(Tm)
(Pg)
(Ts)
(Vic)
(%C02)
(%O2)
(%N2)
(Cp)
(dP)
(Theta)
(Dn)

(An)
(Vmstd)
(Vmstd, cm)
(Qm)
(Ps)
(%H20)
(%H2Osat)
(Vwstd)
(Mfd)
(Md)
(Ms)
(Vs)
(A)
(Qa)
(Qs.cmm)
(Qs.cfm)
(I)
RUN NUMBER
RUN DATE
RUN TIME
MEASURED DATA
Meter Box Correction Factor, Y
Avg Meter Orifice Pressure, in. H2O
Barometric Pressure, in. Hg
Sample Volume, ft*
Average Meter Temperature, *F
Stack Static Pressure, in. H20
Average Stack Temperature, *F
Condensate Collected, ml
Carbon Dioxide content % by volume
Oxygen content % by volume
Nitrogen content % by volume
Ptot Tube Coefficient
Avg Sqrt Delta P, (in. H20)1/a
Sample Time, min
Nozzle Diameter, in.
CALCULATED DATA
Nozzle Area, ft*
Standard Meter Volume, oscf
Standard Meter Volume, dscm
Average Sampling Rale, dscfm
Stack Pressure, in. Hg
Moisture, % by volume
Moisture (at saturation), %
Standard Water Vapor Volume, ft*
Dry Mole Fraction
Molecular Weight-dry, Ib/lb-mole
Molecular Weight-wet Ib/lb-mole
Stack Gas Velocity, ft/*
Stack Ar ja, ft*
Stack Gas Volumetric flow, acfm
Stack Gas Volumetric flow, dscfm
Stack G
-------
12 IS 96
13.4:
•ZJ19199410234
                                              PES RTF NC
Summary of Stack Gas Parameters and Test Results
Lime Manufacturing Emission Test • APG Ume Company
US EPA Test Method 29 - Metals and Paniculate Matter
Kiln No. 1 - Baghouse Outlet




00
(dH)
(Pbar)
(Vm)
(Tm)
(Pg)
CTs)
(Vic)
(%C02)
(%02)
(%N2)
(Cp)
(dP)
(Theta)
(Dn)

(An)
(Vmstd)
(Ps)
(%H2O)
(Vwstd)
(Mfd)
(Md)
(Ms)
(Vs)
(A)
(Qa)
(Qs)
(I)
Page'
RUN NUMBER
RUN DATE
RUNTIME
MEASURED DATA
Meter Box Correction Factor. Y
Avg Meter Orifice Pressure, in. H20
3arometric Pressure, in. Hg
•Sample Volume, ff
Average Meter Temperature, *F
Stack Static Pressure, in. H20
Average Stack Temperature, °P
Condensate Collected, ml
Carbon Dioxide content % by volume
Oxygen content. % by volume
Nitrogen content, % by volume
Prtot Tube Coefficient
Avg Sqrt Delta P. (in. H2O)%
Sample Time, min
Nozzle Diameter, in.
CALCULATED DATA
Nozzle Area, ff
Standard Meter Volume, dscf
Stack Pressure, in. Hg
Moisture, % by volume
Standard Water Vapor Volume, ft*
Dry Mole Fraction
Molecular Weight-dry, IMb-moU
Molecular Weight-wet, Ib/lb-mole
Stack Gas Velocity, ft/s
Stack Area, V
Stack Gas Volumetric flow, acfm
Stack Gas Volumetric flow, dscfm
Isokinetic Sampling Ratio, %
Iof3
M29-13-O
10/22/96
1 1 30-1 749

0.985
1.43
28.38
173.582
90
-0.40
411
123.7
8.5
14.9
76.6
0.84
0.768
240.0
0.255

0.000355
156.211
28.35
3.6
5.823
0.96
29.96
29.53
56.2
28.47
96,040
53.162
98.3

M29-13-O
10/23/96
1041-1542

0.985
1.47
28.17
177.496
84
-0.43
406
121.9
9.6
14.2
76.2
0.84
0.767
240.0
0.250

0.000341
160.256
28.14
3.5
5.738
0.97
30.10
29.69
56.1
28.47
95,852
53,040
105.2

M29-13-O
10/24/96
1121-1731

0.985
1.59
28.30
186.444
81
-0.45
413
143.0
8.3
14.7
76.5
0.84
0.802
240.0
0.250

0.000341
170.099
28.27
3.8
6.731
0.96
30.00
29.54
58.9
28.47
100,604
55,265
107.1

Average


0.985
1.50
28.28
179.174
85
-0.43
410
129.5
9.0
14.6
76.4
0.84
0.779
240.0
0.252

0.000345
162.189
28.25
3.6
6.097
0.96
30.02
29.58
57.1
28.47
97,498
53,822
103.5

-------
. 44
'Si9i39410234
PES  RTF NC
^025  030
            October 22,1996
                                  APG Lime Corporation
                                  Kiln No. 1  Outlet of Baghous*
               Catenation
                    0.0 ppm
                  30.
             11:45-12^0
             liOD-1115
             12:15.1230
                                  2.3
                                  2J2
             13:15.1330
             1330-1145
                USD
                        2.3
                        2.3
                                                                            ppmTHC
                                 M.IO
                                           0.40*
                                                                      2.0    ppmTHC
                                                                     "
             14:30-14:40
             14:4>1&00
             1&00-1&1S
             1115-1*50
                                                                     "To
                                                            1.1
                                   1.9
                1&50
             10AO-1&15
                        040
                        48JO

                         2.3
                                            Drift
                                           OJO*
                                                                      2.0
             1&30-1M5
             1*45-17:00
             17:00-17:16
             17:15-1730
             17:30-17>45
             17;4S.1«.-00
                                                                                                      J
                         1.9
                                                             1.6
                         1.7
                                                             1.4
                         2.0
                                                             1.7

-------
36
               PES  RTF  NC
                                              APG Lime Corporation
                                              Kiln No. 1 Outlet of Bag house
                           1MJ4
                                             O.BO
                                             40.80
            CKin
           O.WW
           0.40%
                        October 23,1996
                          Calibration
                               0.0 ppm
                             30.04 ppm
                             4172 ppm
                             «7.M ppm
                        IQMOMOdS
                        1035-11:10
                        11:10-1125

                           11:32
                        11:40-11*5
                        11:65-12:10
                        1210-12:25
                        1225*12:40
                        12:40.12:55
                        i2S5.i3.-io
                        13:10-1123
                           13J6
                        14:14-14:30
                        1430-14:44
                        1A4S-194X)
                        15:00-15:11
                        15:15-1&30
                        1S4S-1&00
                           16:09
       0.80
      30.00
      4940
      84.80
                                          Step*
                                          lra«rc»pi
          0.9991571
          0.9570957
          1.192*047
                                           Sampling Sysum BIU
                                                 O.BOK
                                                 1JOH
                                                 3.20S
                                              3.9
                                                                     CenocM
                                       2.B    ppmTHC
  4.1
                                       3.0
  4.6
                                             OJO
                                             49 JO
                                             4.5
            DnA
           0.00%
           0.40*
                                                                     COfTKWd.
                            15    ppm THC
                                                                                                     WNtT*
                                                        (W
                                                        ^~
                                       3.5
  4.S
  4.4
                                       3.4
  4.4
                                              4.7
PutOI
  OJO
 49.20

  4.4
  4^
  3.2
  2.7
  2.7
  3J

PodCal
  o.n
 OriM
0.00%
0140%
                                                                     CorrMM
                                                                                  3.4     ppmTHC
                                                                                  3.1
                                                                                  2.1
                                       1.8
                                       1.3
                                       1.5
                                                                                  1.6
                                                                                  1.6
                                                       Orffl
                                                      0,00%
                        Oetetor24,199fi
CaHbreUen OMM
QjOfpn
3O.04 ppdl
49.72 ppm
67.86 ppm
SysMm CManuon
0.40
30.00
48.20
M.40
                                          [CorralKen
                                                          Put!

-------
i2  IS   36
                13. 44
©19199410234
                                                                   PES  RTF  NC
                                                              21030- 030
                                   1037
                                11:10-11:25
                                11:25-11:40
                                11:40-11:55
                                11:96-12:10
                                12:10-1225
                                1Z25-12:40
                                12:40-1248
                                   12:51
                                 1238-13:10
                                 13:10-1325
                                I3i3.1l.-40
                                ia.-40.U35
                                   14.-S7
                                 1&25-1&40
                                 1&40-1&S5
                                 15:55.15:10
                                 1&10-1&2S
                                 16:40-1843
                                 1725-17:40
                                 17:40-17«
                                 17-.S5-1B.10
                                 14:10-18:25
                                 18:40-1835
                                 1836-1*10
                                 1K10-19-J2S
                                 19140-19^9
                                                       APG  Lime Corporation
                                                       Kiln No. 1  Outlet of B«ghou»«
                                                   Slop*
                                                   Intercept
    nnCBoTpc
     0.9417T3

  Sy*«niiai
0-40H
0.80*
                                                          3SO*
                                                         Stop*
                                   1.001430
                                   CL411CT7
                                                                                          C«llbnbcn Smv
                                                                                              117*
                       Post Cal     Drtn
                        0.40      0.00*
                        48.20     QJ10*
                                                      2.0
                         2.0
                         2.1
                         1.9
                         1.B
                         1.8
                                                       1.7
                        0.60
                        49.W
                                                       1,7
                         1.8
                         2.0
                         2.0
                                                     _
                                                       2.0
                       PoctU
                        1.20
                        501X3

                         2.7
                         3.6
                         3.8
                         3.1
                         if
                         3.3
                         3.4
                                                      OJO
                                                      50.00

                                                       4.1
                         3.1
                         3.1
                         2.S
                                                       ZB
                                                       L»
                                                       3.2
                                                       3.8
                                                                              Corrvcud
                                                                                           2.0
                                                             1.0
                                                             0.9
                                                             0.8
                                                                                           o.e
 Drift
0.40*
0.40*
 Drift
o.aos
OJO*
                                                                              Gemate
                                                                                           1.9    ppmTMC
                                                                                           18
                                                                                                          V
                            3.0
                            2J
                            1.7
                                                                                           2.6
                                  am
                                 040*
                                 0.00*
                                                                  .ppmTMC
                            24
                            1.9
                                                                                           1.9
                                                                                           2.0
                                                                                           2.8
                                    18:57
                         OJO
                        4SJO
 OB
&40*
aoo*

-------
    APPENDIX B.




FIELD DATA RECORDS

-------
Dala Sheet: FTIR Background and Calibration Spectra:  APG Lime Kiln. EPA Work Assignment 4-01.
Date

10/21/96







10/21/96




















10/22/96





10/22/96






Time

9:51
10:14
10:22
10:33




11:35
11:40
11:45
11:49
11:55
11:59
12:09
13:03
13:15

14:52
15:02
15:07
15:12
15:15
15:23
15:28
18:39
18:45
18:53

8:40
8:48
8:55
9:00




10:48
10:51
10;56


File Name

BKG1021A
CTS1021A
CTS1021B
CTS1021C




BKG1021B
CTS1021D
CTS1021E
BKG1021C
CIS 1 021 F
CTS1021G
BKG1021D
BKG1021E


HCIAPG01
HCIAPG02
SF6APG01
SF6APG02
BKG1021F
CTS1021H
CTS1021I
BKG1021G
CTS1021J
CTS1021K

BKG1022A
CTS1022A
CTS1022B
CTS1022C




BKG1022B
CTS1022D
CTS1022E


Path

16 passes
16 passes
16 passes
16 passes




40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes


40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes

40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes




40 passes
40 passes
40 passes


Location/Notes

cold cell located at cooling stack
cold cell 99.4 ppm ethylene
cold cell 99.4 ppm ethylene 2nd fill after evacuatinc
cold cell 99.4 ppm ethylene 3rd fill

# scans

100
50/100
50/100
50/100

Res (cm-1

2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0

Cell temp (F)

ambient
ambient
ambient
ambient

•Cell @ 120C Positive pressure leak check (time =0, P=823.1), (lime=2, P=825)
'Vacuum leak check (time=0, P=5.3torr), (lime=2mln, P=7.0 torr)

M2 background
99.4 ppm ethylene
99.4 ppm ethylene 2nd fill
Dryer than B
20.0 ppm ethylene
20.0 ppm etbylene


•started SF6 spike @ 0.48 Ipm and 4.01 ppm


100
50/100
50/100
100
50/100
50/100
100
100
50/100

HC1 103 ppm flowing through cell @ 120 on meter #2
HC1 103 ppm flow through cell @ 95 on meter #2
SF6 4.01 ppm static In cell
SF6 4.01 ppm new fill

20.0 ppm ethylene
20.0 ppm ethylene 2nd fill
Baghouse
20.0 ppm ethylene
20.0 ppm ethylene

N2 background In cold cell
20.0 ppm ethylene
20.0 ppm ethylene 2nd fill
20.0 ppm ethylene 3rd fill




100
50/100
50/100
100
50/100
50/100

100
50/100
50/100
50/100

•Vacuum leak check (time=0, P=6.8), (time=2min, P=12.0)

1.0
1.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0


1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0


'Positive pressure leak check (time=0, P=769.1), (time=1min, P=768.9)

DryN2
20.0 ppm ethylene
20.0 ppm ethylene 2nd fill

200
50/200
50/200

1.0
1.0
1.0


119C
119C
119C
120C
120C
120C
120C
120C


120C
120C
120C
120C
120C
120C
120C
120C
120C
120C

ambient
ambient
ambient
ambient




122C
122C
122C
Press.

719.6
719.6
718.1
718.1




718.5
718.5
718.5
718.5
718.8
718.5
718.5
718


718.5
716
717.5
717.5

717.1

717.9
718


719.1
719.1
719
719




719.3
719.3
719.3
•Some CO coming through manifold into BKG spectrum RMSD 2700-2900cm-1 14X10-3
•Sample line leak checks completed @ 10:30 and both lines purging since before 10:00 am
BKG










B
B
B
C
C




E
E
E
E

F
F

G
G


A
A
A





B
B


Apod

NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med




NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med


NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med

NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med




NB/med
NB/med
NB/med


g :\prl vate\»jg\emb\4-01 Veport\labs\LIME_DAT. XLS

-------
Dala Sliccl:  FTIR Background and Calibration Spectra: APG Lime Kiln.  EPA Work Assignment 4-01.
Dale
10/22/96









10/23/96















10/24/96














Time

18:44
18:47
19:07
19:15
19:20
19:28
19:33
19:37

8:54
9:02
9:05
9:11


10:20
10:52
10:57



16:25
16:29
16:33

8:38
8:42

8:50

9:07

9:10

9:50
9:58
10:01
10:09
10:12
1031
10:34-10:3f
10:39
File Name
BKG1022C
SF6APGOO
SF6APG04
BKG1022D
HCIAPG03
HCIAPG04
BKG1022E
CTS1022F
CTS1022G

BKG1023A
CTS1023A
CTS1023B
CTS1023C


BKG1023B
CTS1023D
CTS1023E



BKG1023C
CTS1023F
CTS1023G

BKG1024A
BKG1024B

BAGON201
BAGIN201
CTS1024A
CTS1024B


BKG1024C
CTS1024C
CTS1024D
CTS1024E
CTS1024F
BKG1024D
BAGOA301
BAGIA301
Path
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes

40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes


40 passes
40 passes
40 passes



40 passes
40 passes
40 passes

40 passes
40 passes

40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes


20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
Location/Notes
New N2 background to get rid of Ice band
SF6 4.01ppm
SF6 4.01ppm
New background w/N2
HCI 103ppm flow through cell P=717.1-718.5
HCI 103ppm flow through cell P=7 17. 1-71 8.5
N2 in cell
20.0 ppm ethylene
20.0 ppm ethylene

N2 background
20.0 ppm ethylene
20.0 ppm ethylene 2nd fill
20.0 ppm ethylene 3rd fill

# scans
200
50/200
50/200
200
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200

100
50/100
50/100
50/100

Res (cm- 1)| Cell temp (F)
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0

122C
122C
122C
122C

122C
122C
122C
122C

25C
25C
25C
25C

'Positive pressure leak check through manifold (time=0, P=858.1), (time=1min, P=861 .6
N2 in cell static
20.0 ppm ethylene
20.0 ppm ethylene

100
50/100
50/100

•Vacuum leak check (time=0, P=6.7), (tJme=1min. P=9.4)

N2 background
20.0 ppm ethylene
20.0 ppm ethylene 2nd fill

N2cold
N2 cold same fill
'Purged flow meter & sample lines w/N2 overnight
N2 purge through outlet line
N2 purge through inlet
20.0 ppm ethylene
20.0 ppm ethylene 2nd fill
•good leak @ inlet new filter, no glass wool plug

decreased path length
20.0 ppm ethylene
20.0 ppm ethylene 2nd (ill
99.4 ppm ethylene
99.4 ppm ethylene 2nd fill
N2 background
ambient sample from outlet flow through @ 725.8 I
ambient sample from intlet flow through @ 725.7 U

100
50/100
50/100

100
100

50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100


100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
100
50
50
1.0
1.0
1.0



1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0
2.0

1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0


2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
121C
121C
121C



122C
122C
122C

19.5C
19.5C

19.5C
19.5C
19.5C
19.5C


23.2C
23.2C
23.2C
23.2C
23. 2C
me
113C
116C
Press.
717.9
716.9
716
717.1

718.5
717
716.8
716.8

713.6
713.4
713.4
713.4


713.6
713.6
713.4



713.1
712.7
712.7

717.1
717.1

717.1
719.2
717.6
717.8


718.2
718.2
718.2
718.2
718.2
718.5
718.5
718.5
BKG

C
C

D
D

D
D


A
A
A



B
B




C
C




A
A
B
B



C
C
C
C

D
D
Apod
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med

NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med


NB/med
NB/med
NB/med



NB/med
NB/med
NB/med

NB/med
NB/med

NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med


NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med |

-------
DalaShcct:  FTIR Background and Calibration Spectra: APG Lime Kiln. EPA Work Assignment 4-01.
Date
10/24/96

















10/24/96










Time
10:57
11:03
11:06


10:47
10:53

11:54
19:59
20:23
20:28
20:31
20:49
20:53
20:58
21:02

21:08
21:18

21:24
21:28
21:34
21:31
21:54
22:00
22:12

File Name
BKG1024E
CTS1024G
CTS1024H





BKG1024F
BKG1024G
CTS1024I
CTS1024J
CTS1024K
BKG1024H
SF6AP301
SF6AP302
SF6AP303

BKG 10241
HCIAA301
EMPAP30
HCIAP302
HCIAP303
HCIAP304
EMPAP302
BKG1024J
CTS1024L
CTS1024M

Path
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes





20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes

20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes

Location/Notes
M2 background probes In stack
99.4 ppm ethytene
99.4 ppm ethylene 2nd fill


'Inlet in stack
•Outlet In stack

N2 in cell
N2 in cell
99.4 ppm ethylene
99.4 ppm ethylene 2nd fill
99.4 ppm ethylene 3rd (ill
N2 In cell
SF6 4.01 ppm
SF6 4.01 ppm 2nd fill
SF6 4.01 ppm 3rd fill

N2IIII -background
HCI dried from cylinder -- flowing through cell
evacuated cell
103 ppm HCI static sample 2nd fill
103 ppm HCI static sample 3rd fill
103 ppm HCI static sample 4th fill
evacuated cell before HCIAP304
N2 In cell
99.4 ppm ethylene
99.4 ppm ethylene 2nd fill

HI scans
100
100
100





100
100
50/100
50/100
50/100
100
50/100
50/100
50/100

100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
100
50/100
50/100

Res (cm-l)
1.0
1.0
1.0





1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

Cell temp (F)
119
120
120





121C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C

122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C

Press.
718.6
718.6
718.6





718.5
719.3
718.7
718.8
718.7
718.8
718.9
718.9
719

719.1
718.2
2.8
719.3
719.4
18.8 to 719
3.3
719.5
719.2
719.4

BKG

E
E







G
G
G

H
H
H









J
J

Apod
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med





NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med

NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med
NB/med

g:\prjV9tettjgSemb\4-01V8por1\tabs\UME_DAT.XI-S

-------
Data Sheet: FTIR Batch Samples: APG Lime Kiln.  EPA Work Assignment 4-01.
Date

10/21/96












10/21/96










10/22/96

















Sample Time

12:02-12:04
12:12-12:14
12:16-12:18
12:21-12:23
12:26-12:28
12:29-12:32
12:34-12:36
12:41-12:42
12:45-12:46
12:48-12:49
12:52-12:53
12:56-12:57

13:15
13:24-13:26
13.28-13:29
13:32-13:33
13:43
13:53-13:55
14:10-14:23
14.26-14:32
14:34-14:38
14:40-14:44

10:30
10:50
10:57
10:59-11:01
11:05-11:07
11:09-11:11
11:13-11:15
11:17-11:19
11:22-11:24
1127-11:28
11:32-11:34
11:38-11:40
11:43-11:44
11:44
11:46-11:47
11:50-11:52
11:55-11:57
12:00-12:02
File name

COOLH001
COOLH002
COOLC003
COOLC004
COOLH005
COOLH006
COOLH007
COOLH008
COOLH009
COOLH010
COOLH01 1
COOLH012


COOLS013
COOLS014
COOLS015

COOLS016
COOLS017
COOLS019
COOLS020
COOLS021




BAGOH001
BAGOH002
BAGIH001
BAGIH002
BAGOH003
BAGOH004
BAGIH003
BAGIH004
BAGOC005
BAGOC006

BAGIH005
BAGIH006
BAGOH007
BAGOH008
Path

40 passes
40 passes

























40 passes













40 passes
Location/Notes

Cooling stack APG
Cooling stack APG
Cooling stack
Cooling stack
Cooling stack
Cooling stack
Cooling stack
Cooling stack
Cooling stack
Pressure = 718.1
Cooling stack
Cooling stack

turned on SF6 spike 0.48lpm
SF6 @ 0.48 Ipm
SF6 @ 0.48 Ipm
SF6 @ 0.48 Ipm
started HCI spike @ 0.52 Ipm
spike w/HCI 0.461pm
spike w/HCI @ 0.48 Ipm
# scans

50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100


50/100
50/100
50/100



Res (cm-1)

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0


1.0
1.0
1.0


static
spiked w/HCI @ 0.47 Ipm. (low through cell @ 70, P=720.5 torr
spiked w/HCI @ 0.48 Ipm, flow through cell @ 70, P=720.6 torr
spiked w/HCI @ 0.48 Ipm. flow through cell @ 70, P=720 5 torr

Probe In outlet stack
Probe In inlet stack
Outlet flow =115, Inlet flow = 150
Baghouse Outlet
Baghouse Outlet, Pressure = 719.1
Baghouse Inlet
Baghouse Inlet
Baghouse Outlet
Baghouse Outlet
Baghouse Inlet
Baghouse Inlet
Baghouse Outlet
Baghouse Outlet
started nitrogen through condenser
Baghouse Inlet
Baghouse Inlet
Baghouse Outlet
Baghouse Outlet




50

50
50
50

50
50
50/200
50/200

50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200




1.0

1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
Cell Temp (F)

120C
120C
120C
120C
120C
120C
120C
120C
120C
120C
120C
120C


120C
120C
120C










122C

122C
122C
122C

122C
122C
122C
122C

122C
122C
122C
122C
Spk/Unsp

U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U


S(SF6)
S(SF6)
S(SF6)










U

U
U
U

U
U
U
U

U
U
U
U
Sample Cond.

H/W
H/W
Cond.
Cond.
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W


H/W
H/W
H/W










H/W

H/W
H/W
H/W

H/W
H/W
Cond.
Cond.

H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
Sample Flow

90
90
90




90
90
90
90
90

90
90
90
90


total = 90
total = 90



just below 1 20
150

115

115
115
115

115
115
Total = 115
Total = 115

150
150
110
110
BKG

C
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D "
D
b
D


E
E
E


E
E






B

B
B
	 B
B
__. _..
B
B
B
B
B
B"

-------
Datasheet:  FTIR Balch Samples: APG Lime Kiln. EPA Work Assignment 4-01.
Date
10/22/96














10/22/96



























Sample Time
12:05-12:06
12:10-12:12
12:14-12:16
12:17
12:18-12:20
12:24-12:27
12:30-12:32
12:35-12:37
12:39-12:41
12:45-12:52
12:46
12:54-13:01
13:07-13:14
13:05
13:15-13:21
13:27-13:33
13:35-13:36
13:56-13:58
14:02-14:08
14:10-14:12
14:14-14:18
14:21-14:22
14:26-14:30
14:33-14:34
14:39-14:41
14:38
14:44-14:49
14:51-14:52
14:55-14:56
14:58-15:00
15:04
15:04-15:06
15:09-15:14
15:16-15:18
15:20-15:22
15:24-15:27
15:30-15:36
15:38-15:43
15:44-15:47
15:49-15:51
15:54-15:56
15:58-16:00
16:03-16:05
File name
NITCON01
NITCON02
BAGIH007

BAGIH008
BAGOH009
BAGOH010
BAGIC009
BAGIC010
BAGOF01 1

BAGOF012
BAGIF011
emptyOOl
BAGIF012
BAGOF013
NITCON03
BAGOH014
BAGIF013
BAGIH014
BAGOF015
BAGOH016
BAGIF015
BAGIH016
BAGOH017

BAGOF018
BAGIS017
BAGIS018
BAG IS0 19

BAGOH020
BAGOF020
BAGIS020
BAGIS021
BAGIS022
BAGISF23
BAGISF24
BAGISF25
BAGOH021
BAGIS026
BAGOH022
BAGIS027
Path















40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes



40 passes
40 passes
40 passes

40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
Location/Notes
Mitrogen through condenser, saved In CIS d
Nitrogen through condenser
Baghouse Inlet
# scans
50/200
50/200
50/200
Res (cm 1)
.0
.0
.0
Cell Temp (F)
122C
122C
122C
Spk/Unsp
U
U
U
started Inlet sample through the condenser, flow through the condenser approx. 35
Bagnouse Inlet
Bagnouse Outlet
Baghouse Outlet
Baghouse Inlet (Condenser)
Baghouse Inlet (Condenser)
Baghouse Outlet P=720
started N2 through the condenser
Baghouse outlet flowing through cell @ 55, F
Baghouse Inlet flowing through cell, P=719.3
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200

50/200
50/200
.0
.0
1.0
1.0
.0
.0

.0
.0
Evacuated cell and jumper line to manifold— In Bagout directory
Baghouse Inlet flowing through cell P=719.6
Outlet flowing through cell, P=719.9
Nitrogen through condenser, P=7 1 8
static sample, outlet
Inlet flowing sample. P°718.2
Inlet, static, P=717.6
Outlet flowing, P=71 7.9
Outlet static, P=717.5
Inlet, (lowing sample
Inlet, static sample P=717.4
Outlet, static sample
SF6 spike on to inlet @ 2.00 Ipm
Outlet flowing, P -71 7.2
SF6 spike @ 2.00 Ipm, Inlet: static sample
SF6 spike @ 1 .98 Ipm, Inlet: static sample
SF6 spike <» 1 .98 Ipm. Inlet: static sample
started HCI spike to Inlet @ 2.03 Ipm
Outlet static sample
Outlet flowing sample, P=718.7
Inlet static, HCI spike @ 2.00 Ipm, P=716.8
Inlet static, HCI spike @ 2.00 Ipm, P=716.B
Inlet static, HCI spike 
-------
Datasheet:  FTIR Batcli Samples: APG Lime Kiln. EPA Work Assignment 4-01.
Date
10/22/96



































)/23/96




	
Sample Time
16:08-16:11
16:13-16:16
16:19-16:21
16:24-16:25
16:28-16:30
16:33-16:34
16:37-16:39
16:42-16:43
16:46-16:48
16:51-16:53
16:55-16:57
17:02-17:03
17:05-17:07
17:10-17:11
17:14-17:16
17:18-17:20
1723-17:24
1727-17:28
17:31-17:33
17:37-17:39
17:40
17:41
17:55-17:57
18:00-18:01
18:04-18:06

18:13-18:15
18:17-18:19
18:19
1823-18:25
1828-18:29
18:32-18:34
18:37-18:39
18:55-18:57
19:00-19:01

8:50

1028-10:30
10:34-10:36
10:37-10:39
10:40
10:45
File name
BAGOH023
BAGIS028
BAGOH024
BAGIS029
BAGOH025
BAGISO30
BAGOH026
BAGIS031
BAGOH027
BAGIS032
BAGOH028
BAGIS033
BAGOH029
BAGIS034
BAGOH030
BAGIS035
BAGOH031
BAGIS036
BAGOH032
BAGIS037


BAGIS038
BAGISO39
BAGIS040

BAGIA041
BAGIA042

BAGOA033
BAGIA043
BAGOA034
BAGIA044
BAGOA035
BAGIA045



3AGOA201
3AGOA202
3AGIA201


Path
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes


40 passes
40 passes
40 passes

40 passes
40 passes

40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes



40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
Location/Notes
Outlet H/W
Inlet HCI spike @ 1.97 Ipm
outlet H/W
Inlet spike HCI spike <3> 1 .97 Ipm
outlet H/W
Inlet spike HCI spike @ 1 .96 Ipm
outlet H/W
Inlet spike HCI spike @ 1 .99 Ipm
outlet H/W
Inlet spike HCI spike @ 1 .98 Ipm
outlet H/W
Inlet spike HCI spike @ 1 .98 Ipm
outlet H/W
Inlet spike HCI spike @ 1 .98 Ipm
outlet H/W
Inlet spike HCI spike @ 1 .97-2.00 Ipm
outlet H/W
Inlet spike HCI spike @ 2.00 Ipm
outlet H/W
Inlet spike HCI spike @ 2.00 Ipm
HCI spike off
SF6 spike on @ 1 .98 Ipm
Inlet spiked W/SF6 <§> 1 .97- 2.00 Ipm
Inlet spiked W/SF6 @ 1.96 Ipm
Inlet spiked W/SF6 @ 1 .95 Ipm
Probes out of stack <§> 16:12 <§> Inlet
ambient sample through Inlet line
ambient sample through Inlet line
Outlet probe out of stack
Outlet ambient air through probe
Inlet ambient air through probe
Outlet ambient air through probe
Inlet ambient air through probe
Outlet ambient air through probe
Inlet ambient air through probe

# scans
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200


50/200
50/200
50/200

50/200


50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200
50/200

Res (cm-1)
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0


1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0


1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

Cell Temp (F)
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C


122C
122C
122C

122C


122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C

Spk/Unsp
U
S
U
S
U
S
U
S
U
S
U
S
U
S
U
S
U
S
U
S


S
S
S

S


S
S
S
S
S
S

Sample Cond.
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W


H/W
H/W
H/W

H/W


H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W

Outlet probe had been In stack about 5 minutes. Removed from stack to collect ambient air sample.

Baghouse outlet ambient through probe (P=7
Baghouse outlet ambient through probe
Inlet ambient air
Outlet probe In stack
Inlet probe In stack

50/100
50/100
50/100



1.0
1.0
1.0



122C
122C
122C



U
U
U



H/W
H/W
H/W


Sarnpje Row
110
145
110
145
110
145
110
145
110
145
110
145
110
145
110
145
110
145
110
145


145
145
145

150


115
150
115
150
115
150



115
115
115


BKG
C
C
c -
C
C
C
C
" C
C
C
C
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c


c
c
c

c


c
c
c
c
c
c



B
B
B



-------
Dala Sheet:  FTIR Batch Samples: APG Lime Kiln. EPA Work Assignment 4-01.
Date
10/23/96












10/23/96





























Sample Time
10:59-11:01
11:05-11:07
11:11-11:12
11:15-11:17
11:21-11:23
1 1 :27-1 1 :30
11:33-11:34
11:40-11:43
11:45
1 1 :46-1 1 :47
12:07-12:11
12:17-12:18
12:22-12:26
12:29
12:30-12:32
12:37-12:38
12:41-12:44
12:47-12:48
12:51-12.52
12:55-12:57
13:01
13:07
13:10-13:16
13:17-13:18
13:21-13:23
13:25-13:27
13:30-13:36
13:31
13:37
13:39-13:45
13:48-13:50
13:54-13:59
14:00-14:02
14:05-14:07
14:09-14:11
14:14-14:20
14:22-14:23
14:27-14:34
14:36-14:37
14:42-14:47
14:56-14:57
15:01-15:07
15:11-15:12
File name
BAGOH203
BAGIH202
BAGOH204
BAGIH203
BAGOH205
BAGIH204
BAGOH206
BAGIH205

BAGOH207
BAGIH206
BAGOH208
BAGIH207

BAGOH209
BAGOH210
BAGOH211
BAGOH212
BAGOH213
BAGOH214
BAGIF208

BAGIF209
BAGOS215
BAGOS216
BAGOS217
BAGIF210

EMPTY 201
BAGIF21 1
BAGOS218
BAGIF212
BAGOS219
BAGOS220
BAGOS221
BAGIF213
BAGOS222
BAGIF214
BAGOS223
BAGIF215
BAGOS224
BAGIF216
BAGOS225
Path
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
iO passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes

40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes


40 passes

40 passes




40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
Location/Notes
Outlet H/W (P=713.3)
nlet H/W (diluted by an unknown factor b/c I <
Outlet H/W
nlet H/W (diluted by an unknown factor b/c 1 <
Outlet
Net
Outlet
nlet
Removing Inlet probe to take out some of the
Outlet
nlet-- flow was high with probe off
Outlet
nlet
# scans
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
Res (cm-1)
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
Cell Temp (F)
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
Spk/Unsp
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
Sample Cond.
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
Sample Flow
105
100
105
95
105
85
100
85
BKG
" B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
glass wool to try and Increase the flow. How is even less with probe back in. Will remove probe to see II
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
122C
122C
122C
122C
U
U
U
U
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
ow flow @ Inlet, remove probe again and change filter to make sure It Is not dogged. Continue testing at outlet.
Outlet
Outlet
Outlet
Outlet, P=714.2
Outlet, P -71 3.9
Outlet, P=714.6
Inlet (new filter) flowing through cell @ P=71
started SF6 spike to outlet @ 1 .00 Ipm
Inlet flowing sample
SF6 spike @ 1.001pm (P=713.5)
SF6 spike @ 1.00 Ipm (P=713.5)
SF6 spike @ 1.00 Ipm (P=713.5)
Inlet flowing
HCI spike on to outlet @ 1 .00 Ipm
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100

50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100

Evacuated cell and jumper line (In BAGOUT directory)
Inlet flowing
50/100
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0


1.0
spike had cut off, reset spike flow @ 13:50, unknown In spike level
flowing through cell
outlet HCI @ 1.001pm
outlet HCI @ 1.001pm
outlet HCI @ 1.00 Ipm (P=713.5)
Inlet
Outlet HCI spike @ 1 .00 Ipm dropped 100.6
Inlet flowing
HCI @ 1 .00 Ipm
Inlet flowing
Outlet HCI spike @ 1 .04 (P=713)
Inlet flowing
Outlet HCI spike @ 1 .03 Ipm
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C

122C
122C
122C
122C
122C


122C

122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
U
U
U
U
U
U
U

U
S(SF6)
S(SF6)
S(SF6)
U


U
S
U
S
S(HCI)
S(HCI)
U
S(HCI)
U
S
U
S(HCI)
U
S(HCI)
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W

H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W


H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
105
65
105
55

105
105
105
105
105
105
60, w/sample = 45

total = 55
lotal = 95
95
95
55 w/sample, total =95

95
55
95
55
95
95
95
50
95
50
95
48
95
45
95
B
B
B
B

B
B
B
B
B
B
B


B
B
B




B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
g:\private\tjg\emb\4-01veport\tabs\LIME_DAT.XLS

-------
DalaShcei: FTIR Balch Samples: APG Lime Kiln.  EPA Work Assignment 4-01.
Dale
10/23/96





















10/24/96




















Sample Time
15:14-15:15
15:18-15:19
15:22-15:23
15:26-15:27
15:29-15:31
15:33-15:34
15:38
15:39-15:49
15:53-15:54
15:54
15:56-15:58
16:00-16:02
16:03
16:05-16:10
16:12-16:13
16:17
16:37
16:41-16:46
17:00-17:01
17:08-17:12
17:14-17:15
17:20
11:08-11:10
11:13-11:14
11:17-11:19
1121-11:22
11:25-11:26
1129-11:30
11:33-11:34
1 1 :37-1 1 :38
11:42-11:44
11:46-11:47
11:54
11:58-12:00
12:02-12:05
12:08-12:10

12:14-12:16
12:21-12:22
12:25-12:28
12:32-12:34
12:33-12:37
12:44-12:46
File name
BAGOS226
BAGOS227
BAGOS228
BAGOS229
BAGOS230
BAGOS231

BAGIF217
BAGOS232

BAGOS233
BAGOS234

BAGIA218
BAGOH235

BAGOA236
BAGIA219
BAGOA237
BAGIA220
BAGOA238

BAGOH302
BAGIH302
BAGOH303
BAGIH303
BAGOH304
BAGIH304
BAGOH305
BAGIH305
BAGOH306
BAGIH306

BAGOH307
BAGIH307
BAGOH308
EMPTY 301
BAGIH305
BAGOH309
BAGIH309
BAGOH310
BAGIH310
BAGOH31 1
Path
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes
40 passes

40 passes


40 passes
40 passes




40 passes
40 passes
40 passes

40 passes

20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes

20 passes
20 passes
20 passes

20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
Location/Notes
Outlet HCI spike @ 1 .03 jpm
Outlet HCI spike @ 1 .00 Ipm (P=71 2.4)
Outlet HCI spike @ 1 .00 Ipm
Outlet HCI spike  1.00 Ipm
Baghouse outlet HCI spike @ 1 .00 Ipm
Baghouse outlet HCI spike @ 1 .00 Ipm, P=71
HCI spike off SF6 spike on @ 1 .00 Ipm
Inlet flowing
SF6@ 0.98 Jpm. P=712.3
Inlet probe out of stack
Outlet SF6 <3> 0.99 Ipm
Outlet SF6 @ 0.98 Ipm
SF6 spike off
ambient air through inlet probe
H/W outlet
Outlet probe out of stack
ambient through outlet probe
ambient through inlet probe
ambient outlet mixed w/3 Ipm N2 (P=712.6)
ambient through Inlet probe
ambient through outlet, some residual HCI re
ffscans
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100

50/100
50/100

50/100
50/100

50/100
50/100

50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
Res (cm-1)
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0

.0
.0

.0
.0

1.0
1.0

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
started N2 purge through both sample lines total = 3.0 Ipm
Baghouse Outlet
Baghouse Inlet
Outlet
Inlet
Outlet
Inlet, P=718.3
Outlet
Inlet
Outlet, P=718.2
Inlet
new background with N2
Outlet
Inlet
Outlet
Evacuated cell and jumper line
Inlet
Baghouse Outlet
Inlet
Outlet
Baghouse Inlet
Baghouse Outlet
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100

50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
Cell Temp (F)
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C

122C
122C

122C
122C

122C
122C

122C
122C
122C
122C
122C

121C
121C
121C
121C
121C
121C
121C
121C
121C
121C

121C
121C
121C
121C
121C
121C
121C
121C
122C
122C
Spk/Unsp
S(HCI)
S(HCI)_
S(HCI)
S(HCI)
S(HCI)
S(HCI)

U
S(SF6)

S(SF6)
S(SF6)

U
U

U
U
S(N2)
U
U

U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U

U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
Sample Cond.
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W

H/W
H/W

H/W
H/W

H/W
H/W

H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W

H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W

H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
Sample Flow
95
95
95
95
95
95

45
95

95
95

55
95

95
55
100
50
95

95
125
95
125
95
125
95
125
95
125

95
115
95

110
95
95
95
88
95
BKG
B
B
B
B
B
B

B
B

B
B

B
B

C
C
C
C
C

E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F

-------
Dala Sheet:  FTIR Batch Samples: APG Lime Kiln. EPA Work Assignment 4-01.
Date
10/24/96















10/24/96


























Sample Time
12:48-12:52
12:59-13:01
13:04-13:07
13:09-13:11
13:13-13:16
13:18-13:20
13:23
13:24-13:26
13:29-13:31
13:33-13:35
13:36
13:38-13:42
13:45-13:47
13.48
13:50-13:53
13:55-13:58
14:07-14:09
14:10
14:15
14:16
14:18-14:20
14:22-14:24
14:27-14:28
14:31-14:32
14:35-14:37
14:41
14:48-14:49
14:53-14:54
15:00-15:02
15:05-15:07
15:10-15:11
15:13-15:14
15:18-15:19
15:24-15:25
15:28-15:29
15:33-15:34
15:37-15:38
15:41-15:42
15:44-15:46
15:50-15:51
15:53-15:55
15:58-16:00
16:02-16:04
File name
BAGIH31 1
BAGOH312
BAGIH312
BAGOH313
BAGIH313
CONN2301

BAGOH314
BAGOC315
BAGOC316

BAGIH314
CONN2302

BAGIC315
BAGIC316
BAGOH31 7



BAGIH317
BAGOS318
BAGOS319
BAGIH318
BAGOS320

BAGIH319
BAGOS321
BAGIH320
BAGOS322
BAGOS323
BAGIH321
BAGOS324
BAGIH322
BAGOS325
BAGIH323
BAGOS326
BAGIH324
BAGOS327
BAGIH325
BAGOS328
BAGOS329
BAGOS330
Path
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes



20 passes
20 passes

20 passes




20 passes



20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes

20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
Location/Notes
Baghouse Inlet
Outlet
Inlet, P-717.6
Outlet
Inlet
Nitrogen through condenser
started outlet through the condenser
Outlet, H/W
Outlet condenser Sample
Outlet condenser Sample
started nitrogen through condenser
Inlet Hot/wet
Nitrogen through condenser. P=71 7.4
Started Inlet sample through condenser
Inlet sample through condenser
Inlet sample through condenser
Outlet, P=717.1
Removed a dog. Flow now improved at Inlet
Flowmeter reading @ 0 How = -0.08
started SF6 spike to outlet @ 0.49 Ipm
Inlet H/W
spiked W/SF6 @ 0.48 Ipm
spiked W/SF6 @ 0.47 Ipm
Inlet H/W. P=717.3
Outlet H/W spiked W/SF6 <§> 0.491pm
started HCI spike @ 0.52 Ipm
Inlet H/W. P=717.1
spiked HCI @ 0.52 Ipm
Inlet
Outlet spike HCI @ 0.52 Ipm, P=724.7
Outlet spike HCI @ 0.51 Ipm
Inlet. P=717.5
Outlet. HCI spike @ 0.50 Ipm
Inlet
Outlet, HCI spjke @ 0.49 Jpm
Inlet. P=717.5
Outlet, HCI spike @ 0.48 Ipm
Inlet
Outlet, HCI spike @ 0.48 Ipm
Inlet
Outlet, HCI spike <§> 0.48 Ipm
Outlet, HCI spike <§> 0.49 Ipm
Outlet. HCI spike @ 0.49 Ipm
ffscans
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100

50/100
50/100
50/100

50/100
50/100

50/100
50/100
50/100



50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100

50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
Res (cm-1)
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0
.0
.0

.0
.0

.0
.0
.0



1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0
1.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
Cell Temp (F)
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C

122C
122C
122C

122C
122C

122C
122C
122C



122C
122C
122C
122C
122C

122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
Spk/Unsp
U
U
U
U
U
U

U
U
U

U
U

U
U
U



U
s
s
s
s

U
s
U
s
s
U
s
U
s
U
s
U
s
U
s
s
s
Sample Cond.
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
Cond.

H/W
Cond.
Cond.

H/W
H/W

H/W
H/W
H/W



H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W

H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
Sample Flow
80
95
78
95
68
P=718.1

total=95
95
95

58


50
43
95



145
94
94
140
94

145
94
140
94
94
140
93
140
93
140
93
140
93
140
92
92
92
BKG
F
F
F
F
F
F

F
F
F

F
F

F
F
F



F
F
F
F
F

F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F

-------
Datasheet: FPIR Batch Samples: APG Lime Kiln. EPA Work Assignment 4-01.
Date
10/24/96







10/24/96


































Sample Time
16:06-16:07
16:09-16:11
16:14-16:15
16:17-16:19
16:21
16:23-16:24
16:28-16:29
16:32-16:34
16:36-16:37
16:40-16:41
16:44-16:45
16:47
16:50-16:52
17:06-17:08
17:15-17:16
17:19-17:20
17:22-17:24
17:26-17:27
17:31-17:33
17:34-17:36
17:40-17:41
17:44-17:45
17:48-17:49
17:51
17:52-17:54
17:56-17:57
18:01-18:02
18:01
18:12-18:13
18:17-18:18
18:21-18:22
18:23
18:26-18:27
18:30-18:31
18:34-18:36
18:38-18:39
18:42-18:43
18:46-18:47
18:50-18:52
18:55-18:56
18:59-19:01
19:03-19:04
19:07-19:08
File name
BAGIH326
BAGOS331
BAGOS332
BAGOS333

BAGIH327
BAGOS334
BAGIH328
BAGOS335
BAGIH329
BAGOS336

BAGIH330
BAGOH337
BAGIH331
BAGOH338
BAGIH332
BAGOH339
BAGIH333
BAGOH340
BAGIC334
BAGOH341
BAGIC335

BAGOH342
CONN23O3
BAGIH336

BAGOC343
BAGIH337
BAGOC344

BAGOH345
BAGIH338
BAGOH346
CONN2304
BAGOH347
BAGIH339
BAGOH348
BAGIH340
BAGOH349
BAGIH341
BAGOH350
Path
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes

20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes

20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes

20 passes
20 passes
20 passes

20 passes
20 passes
20 passes

20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
Location/Notes
Inlet
Outlet HCI @ 0.51 Ipm
Outlet HCI @ 0.52 Ipm
Outlet HCI @ 0.52 Ipm
HCI spike oft, SF6 spike on @ 0.49 Ipm
Inlet
SF6 spike <§> 0.47 Ipm outlet
Inlet
Outlet spiked W/SF6 @ 0.49 Ipm, P=716.9
Inlet
Outlet spiked W/SF6 <3> 0.48 Ipm
SF6 spike off
Inlet H/W
Outlet Unsplked
Inlet Unsplked, P=71 7.2, pumped out and n
Outlet Unsplked
Inlet. P-717.3
Outlet
Inlet, started Inlet to Cond.
Outlet
Inlet
Outlet
Inlet/Condenser
stalled nitrogen to condenser
Outlet
nitrogen through condenser, 0" BAGIN)
Inlet to baghouse
Outlet sample to condenser
Outlet through condenser
Inlet
Outlet through condenser
Nitrogen to condenser
Outlet, P=717.7
Inlet
Outlet
Nitrogen through condenser, (In BAGIN)
Outlet
Inlet
Outlet
Inlet, P=718.2
Outlet
Inlet
Outlet
# scans
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100

50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100

50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100

50/100
50/100
50/100

50/100
50/100
50/100

50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
Res (cm-1)
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0
1.0
.0
.0
.0
.0

.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0

.0
.0
.0

.0
.0
.0

.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
Cell Temp (F)
122C
122C
122C
122C

122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C

122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C

122C
122C
122C

122C
122C
122C

122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
122C
Spk/Unsp
U
S
S
S

U
S
U
S
U
S

U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U

U
U
U

U
U
U

U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
Sample Cond.
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W

H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W

H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
Cond.
H/W
Cond.

H/W
H/W
H/W

Cond.
H/W
Cond.

H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
Sample Flow
140
92
92
92

140
92
140
92
140
92

140
92
140
92
140
92
140
92
140
92
140

92

140

90
140
90

90
140
90

90
140
90
140
90
140
90
BKG
F
F
F
F

F
F
F
F
F
F

F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F

F
F
F

F
F
F

F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F

-------
Data Sheet: FTIR Batch Samples:  APG Lime Kiln. EPA Work Assignment 4-01.
Date



10/24/96

















Sample Time
19:12-19:14
19:15-19:17
19:20-19:21
19:24-19:25
19:28-19:29
1932-19:34
19:36-19:37
19:39-19:41
19:43-19.44
19:46-19:48
19:50-19:52
19:52
19:57
20:03-20:04
20:07-20:08
20:12-20:13
20:16-20:18
20:34-20:36
20:39-20:41
20:42-20.43

File name
BAGIH342
BAGOH351
BAGIH343
BAGOH352
BAGIH344
BAGOH353
BAGIH345
BAGOH354
BAGIH346
BAGOH355
BAGOH356


BAGIA347
BAGOA357
BAGIA348
BAGOA358
BAGOA359
BAGOA360
BAG1A349

Path
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes


20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes
20 passes

Location/Notes
Inlet
Outlet, P=718.5
Inlet
Baghouse Outlet
Inlet
Outlet
Inlet
Outlet
Inlet
Outlet
Outlet and sample, lost sample— manual run
Inlet probe out of stack
Outlet probe out of stack
Inlet ambient sample
Outlet ambient air through probe
Inlet ambient air through probe
Outlet, ambient air through probe
Outlet, ambient air through probe
Outlet, ambient air through probe
Inlet, ambient air through probe

ffscans
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100


50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100
50/100

Res (cm-1)
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0


1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

Cell Temp (F)
122C
122C
122C
122F
122F
122F
122F
122F
122F
122F
122F


122F
122F
122F
122F
122F
122F
122F

Spk/Unsp
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U


U
U
U
U
U
U
U

Sample Cond.
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
HAW
H/W
H/W
H/W


H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W
H/W

Sample Row 	
140
90
140
90
140
90
140
90
139
90
90


140
90
140
90
90
90
140

BKG
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F


G
G
G
G
G
G
G

g:\private\tjgVemb\4-01\report\tabs\LIME_DAT.XLS

-------
Data Sheet:  FTIR CTS and Background Spectra. Lime Kilns. EPA W.A. 3804-01.
 Date
Time
File Name
Path
 M
Location/ Notes
# scans
Res.
cm1
 Cell
Temp.
 °F
Press.
BKG
Apod
                                                                            &/IO*

                                (40?
                                           4
                                                  7
        //; r?
                          D

                                               T7
                          P
                                  J
                                  « ft
                                                                             100
                                                                                              -£^
                                                                                                (L
                                                                                        7/8.3
                                                                                                       ->>

-------
OalaSheet: FT1R CTS and Background Spectin. Lime Kilns. EPA W.A. 3804-01.
 Date
Time
File Name
Path
 M
I^ocation/ Notes
# scans
Res.
cm1
 Cell
Temp.
 "F
Press.
BKG
Apod
                                                                                 /.o
                                                                                      -- /
                                                                                                        £
                                                      <

                                                                                   \ /
                                                                           100
                                                                                                          \9
                                                    rr,
                                          f\


-------
Data Sheet: FF1R CTS and Background Spectra. Lime Kilns. EPA W.A. 3804-01.
 Date
Time
File Name
Path
 M
Location/ Notes
# scans
Res.
cm"1
 Cell
Temp.
 °F
Press.
BKG
Apod
                                                                             /.o
                                                                                   7/7?
                                        PO.O
                                                     7
                                                               &L,
                                                                              i.o
                         K
                                                                             2-0
                                                                                  1 H.I
                                                  p ^,

                                        -. o
                                          p--
                       :/^\/
                      .OPP^H  &^t
                                                                              (.0
                                                                                   114.3
                    /O 2.2. p

-------
Datasheet: FTIR CTS and Background Spectra. Lime Kilns.  EPA W. A. 3804-01.
 Date
Time
File Name
Path
 M
Location/ Notes
I# scans
Res.
cm'1
 Cell
Temp.
  "F
Press.
BKG
Apod
                                                                 /->
                                                                 ,}>/
                                                                                           T
                                                                                    /2£^
                                        5*7.
                                                                             (.0
                                                                                 lit,.*}
                                                                            C
                                           i i     <-/
                                                                                                    C,
                                                                                                                    //	
                                 '/O
                                                                                           717,1
                                                                                                                          c>
                                                                                                                    ~r~
                                                                                                                    II
                                                                                                             P
                                                                                              'I
                                          3.0 .0
                                                                                                            O
                                            it
                                                                                                    T/fc.S

-------
Data Sheet: FT1R CTS and Background Spectra. Lime Kilns.  EPA W.A. 3804-01.
 Date
Time
File Name
Path
 M
Location/ Notes
it scans
Res.
cm1
 Cell
Temp.
Press.
BKG
Apod
                    tO**>
                                                                       Z.o
                 Cl S /o A > c.
                                                                                                   u
      *u\
                                 /
                                                                         l&o
                                                                                / .0
                                                                                                            /*-
-------
DauiSheet: ITIR CTS and Background Spectra. Lime Kilns. EPA W.A. 3804-01.
x7 F
                                              Location/ Notes

               flR6 fo ^©


                      L20



           : [t


-------
Datasheet:  FTIR CTS and Background Spectra.  Lime Kilns.  EPA W.A. 3804-01.
 Date
 Time
 File Name
Path
 M
Location/ Notes

# scans
Res.
cm '
 Cell
Temp.
 UF
Press.
BKG
Apod
                                                                           l.o
                             n
                                                                     /£}<=•
                                                                                 fro
                         H

                                c
             -/*
                                        A/I.
                                                              /£>0
£K6/<*?*(£
&L
                                                                   /oo
                                                                   / 0
a0g3
                                                                                              6-
       £0*-%
                        K
                                                                                  I/
                                                                                       G
                                                                     l&O
                                                                     1,0
                                                                                             n
                                                                       /oo
                                                                            1 (
                                                                                       \\
                                                                                                     'I
                                                         Klf
                                                                                 /f
                                                                              H
                                                                        j /
                                                                                                    (i

-------
Datasheet:  FTIR CTS and Background Spectra.  Lime Kilns. EPA W. A. 3804-01.
 Date
Time
File Name
Path
 M
Location/ Notes
# scans
Res.
cm'1
 Cell
Temp.
  "F
Press.
BKG
Apod
                                                                             /oo
                                                                                          Itt.f
                                                                                             i '

-------
                                                                                 L
Datasheet: FTIR Baich Samples: Lime Kilns.  RPA WA. 3804-01.
 Date
Sample
 Time
File Name
Path
 M
Location/ Notes
# scans
Res.
cm1
Temp.
  °F
Spk/
Unsp
Sample
Cond.
Sample
 Flow
BK(i
                Co"
                                                                    ?. 0
                                                               floe-
               e0o/ft OO '2-
                         n
                                                                                                  '>?&
            >/COO
                                                                                                                  P
                   l fioo 7
                                                                                — J
                                                                                                        30_
                                                                                                                  D
        <-"$'
              oo 9
          1 'i
                                                   ~7fS.(
                                                                                                          D
                      /*//
                                               I
                                                                                                77
                        cS
                                                                           1,0
                Coo/ '&>(•>

-------
Daia Sheet: FTIR Batch Samples: Lime Kilns. EPA WA. 3804-01.
 Date  Sample
        Time
File Name
Path
 M
Location/ Notes
# scans
Res.
                                                                            cn
Temp.
Spk/
Unsp
Sample
Cond.
Sample
 Flow
BK(J
1%1'lb
                                                                     fr~~

                                                                                  r( LA-
                                                                       bo -^
                                                                                   XT)
                     SO
                           bl
                        0 20   <*  0
                                        0.

-------
Datasheet: FTIR Batch Samples:  Lime Kilns. EPA WA. 3804-01.
 Date
Sample
 Time
File Name
Path
 M
Location/ Notes
# scans
Res.
cm"1
Temp.
Spk/
Sample
Cond.
Sample
 Flow
IJK(i
                                  tn
                                                                                                      /„
                                  q
                      0O
                                                                          1,0
                                                   •'



ii&~
                                                                         1.0
                                                                                                       / /a

-------
          Datasheet: FTIR Batch Samples: Lime Kilns. EPA WA. 3X04-01.
           Date  1 Sample
                1  Time
File Name
Path
 M
Location/ Notes
# scans
Res.
cm1
Temp.
  °F
Spk/
Unsp
Sample
Cond.
Sample
 Flow
BK(i
                                                                                        1.0
                                                                          u
                                                     u
7*«-
                                     10
                                                                                      1.0
                                                                                      z.
                                                                                      7*0 .
                                       xA
                                                                                                     u
                 1 3 '-
                                >/«rd
                                7'9.
                                                                        U
                                                                                                                              = ^ 0
                                                                                                    rz>c*{Lat*'
                                                               r^r
                                                                      f-
                                                                                      1,0
                                                                                     ft*

-------
                                                                                      p/ff
Datasheet:  FTIR Batch Samples: Lime Kilns. EPA WA. 3804-01
 Date
Sample
 Time
File Name
Path
 M
Location/ Notes
# scans
Res.
cm"1
Temp.
 °F
Spk/
Unsp
Sample
Cond.
Sample
 Flow
                                                                                                                  BK(J
         !»•
                                .  y&«^r<^
                      r--  'fia.  ?  ^
                                                                           /. o
                                                                                         K/CJ
                                                                       j&
                                                                            i+*Cr>*tj
                                                                    <%
                                                                *•
                                                                                                                   c,
                                                                                                  U/LJ '
                                                                            l.o
                                                                                                                   C-
                                                                            l.o
                                                                          1-zz.C
                                                                                        /to
                                                                                                         [{ 0
                                                            -2.00
       liW^

-------
Dala Sheet: FT1R Batch Samples: Lime Kilns.  EPA WA. 3804-01.
 Date
Sample
 Time
File Name
Path
 M
Location/ Notes
# scans
Res.
cm"1
Temp.
 °F
Spk/
Unsp
Sample
Cond.
Sample
 Flow
BK(J
        /Y5V -
                                                                        /-o
                                                                               5 60
                                                                                                              C
                               I
                               I
                                                                         f/0
                                                                                      L/
                                                                                                        C
                                          _£±_


       ,S"i°-
       '^
                                                                                        *
*2l
                                                                                                       -\
                                                                                            7t

                                                                         /.O
                              t
                                                                                                         - r
                                                                                                      no
                                                                                        u
                                                                                                               C
                                                                                                              0

-------
     Datasheet: FT1R Batch Samples: Lime Kilns. EPA WA. 3804-01.
       Date
      Sample
       Time
                          File Name
Path
 M
Location/ Notes
# scans
Res.
                                                                               cm"
Temp.
Spk/
Unsp
Sample
Cond.
Sample
 Flow
BK(i
                                                                               (.0
                                                                              /z-z- d.
                                                                                                U
                                                                         I/O
                                                                        0.H  "
                                                                                             5
                                                                                                              C
                                                                                                             /' o
         /M
                                                          1.97
                                                                     £*i
                                                                                                5
                                                                                 C
          i(*w-lL>*>
                                                                                             u
                                                                                                              C
                                                                                                            (HZ
                                                                                             u
                                                                                                            1 1 0
                                                                                             S
                                                                                                      / VI
                                                                                                               C
                                                                                             U
                                                                                                     no
                                                                                                                        C
      /(,£/
                                                                                            u
                                                                                                            1 10
                                                                                                              C
>0
      ^02
                                                                                     .s
                                                                                                                        c.
                                                                                             u
                                                                                                            no
                                                                                                               (Z
                                                                                                               c
                                                                                             u
                                                                                                      I icy
                                                                                                            Iff
                                                                                                                     CL
                                                                                                            Ii
                                                                                                                     C
                                                                                            5
                                                                                                    /f
                                                                                                                       c

                                                                                                                       C,
i-tvt--
                                                          G>
-u/l   c
                                                                                                            /(O

-------
Datasheet: FT1R Batch Samples: Lime Kilns. EPA WA. 3804-01.
 Date
Sample
 Time
File Name
Path
 M
Location/ Notes
# scans
Res.
cm '
Temp.
Spk/
Unsp
Sample
Cond.
Sample
 Flow
BK(i
                                                                  •t *•*_/£*
                                                                                          s
                                                                                                             c
                                                                 .00
 /£<*>•
                                                                       U
                                                                                                           H
                                                                                                                    r
          7J-*

                                                                                                                   o
                                                                                                                   C'
                                                                                                                   c

-------
     Datasheet: FTIR Batch Samples: Lime Kilns. EPA WA. 3804-01.
      Date
Sample
 Time
File Name
Path
 M
Locatioo/ Notes
# scans
Res.   Temp.
cm1  |  °F
Spk/
Unsp
Sample
Cond.
Sample
 Flow
UK(i
U>\:

-------
DataSheel: FTIR Batch Samples:  Lime Kilns. EPA WA. 3804-01.
 Date  Sample
      |  Time
       File Name
                               Path
                                M
Location/ Notes
# scans
Res.
cm"1
Temp.
 op
Spk/
Unsp
Sample
Cond.
Sample
 Row
BKC;
                                                                           (-0
                                                                                         U
                                                                                              H 6"
      /on-
                                                                          1.0
                                                                                         U
                                                                                        U
       miifl
                                                                               u
                                11
                                                                                         u
/,.*'.*
t^f-
                                      
-------
ata Sheet: FT1R Batch Samples:  Lime Kilns. EPA WA. 3804-01.
Date
Sample
 Time
File Name
Path
 M
Location/ Notes
# scans
Res.
cm-1
Temp.
 °F
Spk/
Unsp
Sample
Cond.
Sample
 Flow
BK<
                                                                         ho
                                                                                  U
                                                                                              ^

                                                                             -y~>
 72.30
                                                                         1.0
                                                                                       u
        (233

                                                           i>ii«<>.
                   0H 2-'
                                     £
                                    M(4~       c*-*i.6>
                                              /
                                                                                         >
                                                             -  7'3T-^
                                                  (&  /,
13(0


-------
     . /
  U1^
Data Sheet:  FT1R Batch Samples:  Lime Kilns. EPA WA. 3804-0 1 .
 Date
Sample
 Time
File Name
Path
 M
LocatiorV Notes
# scans
Res.
cm1
Temp.
Spk/
Unsp
Sample
Cond.
Sample   BKCi
 Row
                                                                                  U
                                              Hc<&  t.
                                                                           S
                                                                        46
                                                                u
               >*Q
                                                                li
                                                                     li
                                                                            a
                                                                           u
                                                                                                if
                                                                                  V
                  aa/tt   oc/
                                                                     1.0
                                                                           (y
                                                                                                 95-
                                                                                                  B.
                            f>,
                           rr
                                                                                 u
                                                                                                  B-
IST/I
                                                             £*-
                                                                                                95-

-------
Datasheet: FTFR Batch Samples: Lime Kilns.  EPA WA. 3804-01
                                                                             73
       Sample
       Time
File Name
          Path
           M
LocatiorV Notes
# scans
Res.
                                                                     cm
Temp.
 °F
Spk/
Unsp
Sample
Cond.
Sample
 Row
            3j«
                                                                                        V/UJ
                              n
                              SA<
                               .fa  x?f  <&
                                                              /,*'
                                   Or 4C& 7
                                                                 V
                                                       ^f
                                                                      ll
        I**
  $*?<<>
It*0
$
                                                                                       P
                                                                                  V
                                                                                 u

-------
Datasheet: FTIR Batch Samples:  Lime Kilns. EPA WA. 3804-01.
 Date
Sample
 Time
                        File Name
            Path
             M
Location/ Notes
# scans
Res.
cm"1
Temp.
 °F
Spk/
Unsp
Sample
Cond.
Sample
 Flow
BK(i
                                                                       1,0
                                                                              o
                                                                                                                    c*
              **fc*
                                                                                     u
                                                                                                      c
                                                                                                    /oo
                              A
                            z.
tid nt
   |rt/j"Vl
}aa
                                                            (?*>
                                                                                                      c
                                            f
                                                                                     0
                                                                                             1 1
                                                                                'M0  =

-------
ata Sheet: FTIR Batch Samples: Lime Kilns.  EPA WA. 3804-01.
                                                                           f
Date
Sample
 Time
File Name
Path
 M
Location/ Notes
# scans
Res.
cm'
Temp.
 °F
Spk/
Unsp
Sample
Cond.
Sample
 Flow
BK(i
                                      '<•» **.'
                                      —&
                                                                   ,<*>
                                                                                      U
       AH
                     H
                                     C/M^f
                                                                                     -9
                                                                                              €
       i
                               it
                              0*3/0
      "
  fro
                                                                                                              P
                                                                                     U
                                                                                                             £
                                                          (j^\f
                                                                               \/
                                                                   II
                                                                                     U
                                                                                              1LO_
                                                                                      U

-------
Datasheet:  FT1R Batch Samples:  Lime Kilns. EPA WA. 3804-01.
 Date
Sample
 Time
           File Name
Path
 M
LocatioiV Notes
# scans
Res.
cm1
Temp.
  °F
Spk/
Unsp
Sample
Cond.
Sample   UK(J
 Flow
                                 feW-*i W»*a
                                                                                           0
                                                                                           M

                                                                                    F
                                                                                           u
                                                                                                                    IT
-  Wo
                                           ¥*-
                                                                              II
                                                                                    \(
                                                                                    V

-------
Data Sheet: FT1R Batch Samples: Lime Kilns. EPA WA. 3804-01.
 Date
Sample
 Time
File Name
Path
 M
LocatioiV Notes
# scans
Res.
cm '
Teinp.
 °F
Spk/
Unsp
Sample
Cond.
Sample
 Flow
BK(i
  M0i'
k_$4
                                                                                         U
                   diAu*^
                                  fit*-.
                                                  H/
                                              u
                                                              I7.1C
                                                          V
                                                                                                                 r
                                           11    "
                  W
                                                                            (i
                                                                           II
                                                                                         h
                                                                                                I i
                                                                                               f
                                                                          
-------
Daia Sheet: FTIR Batctf^mples: Lime Kilns. EPA WA. 3804-01.
Date | Sample     File Name
       Time
                                           Location/ Notes
# scans
Res.
cm1
Temp.
 op
SPk/
Unsp
Sample
Cond.
Sample
 Row
BK(i
                                                                        f.O
                      u
                       HO
                                      f
                                                                                              f<
                                                                                                              P
                                                                                       s
                                             f
                                                                                              n
                                                                                                     HO
                                                                                      s
                                             f
                                                                                       V
                                    Ho
                                      (f
                                                                                                              f
                                                                                       u
                                             r
                                              iJtf $jkl«@
                                                                                                              F
                                                                    ff
                                     IL/O
                                     P
                                                                                                              F
                                                                                                              r
                                                                                                             (F
                                                                        n
                                                                                              M
                                                                                     U
                                            F

-------
Datasheet:  FTIR Batch Samples: Lime Kilns.  EPA WA. 3804-01.
 Date
Sample
 Time
             File Name
Path
 M
Location/ Notes
                                                                    scans
Res.
cm'1
Temp.
Spk/
Unsp
Sample
Cond.
Sample
 Row
BK(i
                                                                                                H
                                                                                           1)
Ikfe
                                                                       „
                                                                                         0
                                                                                                          F
                                                                                                            2
                                                                                                           F
                  7
                               -pa
                                                                                         \)
                                                                                          i\
                                                                                                   Ho
                                                                                  f1
                                                                                         V
                                                                                         i i
                                                  P--1I-1.
                                                                                        u
                                                                                                          r
         I721/
                                                                                                           f
                                                                                                                  r
                                       CV/Us\aA^
                                                                                                 /VQ
                                H
                                                                                                   9 2.
                                                                                                         Ho
                                        Oh
                                                                                                                 F
                                                                                                                r

-------
          Datasheet: FTIR Batch Samples: Lime Kilns.  EPA WA. 3804-01.
           Date
Sample
 Time
                          File Name
Path
 M
Location/ Notes
# scans
Res.
cm"1
Temp.
 °F
Spk/
Unsp
Sample
Concl.
Sample
 Row
BK(!
                        •2.0
                         :>-xv4-*
                                        1*
                                                                                   1.0
                                                                                                                Ho
                                                                                    (,£>
                                                                        /2-Z c
                                                                                                 u
                                                                                                                ito
                                                                                                        f
                                                                                                        A /
                                                                                                       Lf-^
                                                                                                        F
                                                                                                                         F
                                          tf
                                                                                                         F
    i
*\\.  li&ii'v.
                 (SJI
                                         t>
                                                                                                         f
                                               Otfltt
                  Ml
                                                                                                         F
                                                                                                                          F
                                                                                                                 ^2_
                                                                                                        JE_
                                                                                                                        ^
                                         II
                                                                              II
                                                                                                        e
f-.-ift.'
                                                                                                  ff
                                                                                                                         F

-------
   Datasheet: FT1R Batch Samples:  Lime Kilns. EPA WA. 3804-01.
    Date
     Sample
      Time
File Name
Path
 M
Location/ Notes
# scans
Res.
cm1
Temp.   Spk/
        Unsp
Sample
Concl.
Sample
 Flow
BK(i
10
           fill;
                                                                                       u
                                                                               ft
                                                                                                               f
            I'M
                                                                                                               £.
                                                                                                                F
                                   it
                                                                       it
/'?/(
                                                                                                             to
                                          vW
                                                                                                    'I
                                               1
                                                                                                    If
    loo'/
                                                                       Z2-,
                                                                            •t*
                                                                  '<
                                                                                                            9
                                                                                                         °

-------
      APPENDIX C.




FTIR ANALYTICAL RESULTS

-------
                    Draft Report


                   December 1996
Results of Least Squares Concentration Determinations for
       FTIR Spectra Collected at  APG Lime Kiln
                    Prepared by:
                  ^

               Grant M. Plummer, Ph.D.
                    Rho Squared
                    Prepared for:

                Thomas J. Geyer, Ph.D.
              Midwest Research Institute
                        C-l

-------
                                      Disclaimer

       This document was prepared by Rho Squared under Midwest Research Institute Purchase
Order Number D02329. This document has been reviewed neither by Midwest Research
Institute nor by the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.

       The opinions, conclusions, and recommendations expressed herein are those of the
author, and do not necessarily represent those of Midwest Research Institute or those of the
United States Environmental Protection Agency.

       Mention of specific trade names or products within this report does not constitute
endorsement by the EPA, by Midwest Research Institute, or by Rho Squared.
                                         C-2

-------
Data Collection and Analytical Method

       Midwest Research Institute performed extractive FTIR source testing in October 1996 at
APG lime kiln and provided the spectral data to Rho Squared for preliminary quantitative least
squares analysis. Compounds of quantitative interest in the samples, referred to below as
analytes and identified in conversations with Dr. Tom Geyer of MRI, are HC1, H2CO, CO, SO2,
NO, and NO:.  The spectra also contain features from the interferant compound H,O, and SF6
was quantified in some spectra as the diluent tracer compound used for dynamic spiking.

       References 1 through 5 comprise a thorough description of one technique for analyzing
FTIR absorbance spectra. Using the programming language ARRAY BASIC™ (GRAMS,™
Version 3.02, Galactic Industries Corporation, Salem, New Hampshire) Rho Squared has
prepared a computer program to perform this technique. The "classical least squares" (CLS) or
"K-Matrix" technique and the associated computer program are described in Reference 6.  The
terminology and basic analytical approach employed in this work are described in the "EPA
FTIR Protocol" (Reference 7).

       The program allows the analyst to select a number of analytical regions and to specify
which of the selected reference spectra will be employed in determining the corresponding
compound concentrations. Baseline parameters (linear, and quadratic in some cases) were also
determined in the calculations but are not reported here. Reference spectra for the current work
were provided by MRI or were taken from the EPA FTIR spectral library of Hazardous Air
Pollutants (hereafter, the "EPA library").  Additional information regarding the reference spectra
is listed below.

       The program calculates the standard la  uncertainty in each concentration. However, all
uncertainties quoted below are equal to four times the calculated la values. The program also
calculates the residual spectra (the difference between the observed and least squares fit
absorbance values) for each sample spectrum and analytical region.  These data are not presented
here but have been submitted to MRI in digital form with this report. The GRAMS™ format
residual spectral files have DOS extensions of the form  "rn", where the integer n designates the
analytical  region label for a particular analytical run.  Although this labeling scheme does not
uniquely identify the residual spectra, the frequency ranges are unique and make identification of
the various spectra straightforward.

       For each analytical region, compounds whose reference spectra are employed in the least
squares fits are characterized either  as analytes or as interferants. Table 1 lists the analytical
regions and summarizes the characterizations of the six  target compounds (HC1, H2CO, CO,  SO2,
NO, and NO2).  Note that each target compound appears as an analyte in one and only one
analytical  region. The concentrations and uncertainties reported in this work correspond to the
analyte characterizations of Table 1.
                                          C-3

-------
                 TABLE 1. ANALYTICAL REGIONS AND COMPOUND
                                CHARACTERIZATIONS3 b
Analytical
Region
0
1
2
3
4
Lower
Bound
(cm'"
900
1581.7
1898,6
2110
2747
Upper
Bound
(cm'"
1200
1613.3
1904.8
2125.5
2848
HC1
_

_
.
A
H2CO
_

_
.
A
CO
.

_
A
-
S0?
A

_
.
-
NO
.

A
-
-
NO,
.
A
_
.
-
H2O
I
I
I
-
-
CO,
I
-
-
1
-
SFft
A
_

-
-
  "I indicates "interferant," A indicates "analyte," and the hyphen indicates that the compound was not included in the least
    squares spectral analyses of the analytical region.
  bBaseline slope and offset for each analytical region were also determined in the least squares concentration analyses (see
       MRI provided a total of 279 spectral files for analysis. After determining concentration
values and uncertainties for each compound in each analytical region of every sample spectrum,
the program rejects compounds from each analytical region if either a) the determined
concentration is negative or b) the 4a  uncertainty in the concentration is greater than  the
(positive) determined concentration. If a compound is rejected from a region for a particular
spectrum, the concentration is recorded as exactly zero in the output file along with the related
uncertainty from the original fit. Such uncertainty values are extremely conservative upper limits
on the uncertainty of the reported zero concentration values. Concentration results and their 4o
uncertainties were recorded in Excel™ spreadsheet files and provided to MRI for inclusion in a
comprehensive report to EPA.

Pathlength Determinations

       Absorption pathlengths were determined from the field test CTS spectra and EPA library
CTS spectra of ethylene (C2H4). For high temperature spectra, the EPA library interferograms
ctsOl ISa.aif and bkgOl ISa.aif were de-resolved to the appropriate spectral resolution  (either 1 or
2 cm"1) according to the procedures of reference 7 (Appendix K). The same procedure was used
to generate low-temperature spectra from the original interferometric data in the EPA library files
cts0829a.aif and bkg0829a.aif. The resulting files were used in least squares fits to the
appropriate field CTS spectra (see reference 7, Appendix  H) in two regions (the FP? or
"fingerprint" region from 790 to 1139 cm'1 and the CH, or "CH-stretch region" from 2760 to
3326 cm'1). The fit results for each region, test, and set of test sampling conditions were
averaged. They and their average uncertainties are presented in Table 2. The CH values were
used in analytical region 4; the FP values were used in all other analytical regions.
                                            C-4

-------
           TABLE 2. PATHLENGTH DETERMINATION RESULTS FOR APG
                                      TEST DATA
CTS Conditions
# Passes Temp (K)
16 293
20 293
20 393
40 293
40 393
CH
Result (m)
6.5
11.0
10.2
19.2
20.2
region
% uncert.
2.9
2.6
2.5
5.5
2.6
FP region
Result (m) %
6.7
11.3
14.3
20.0
23.4

uncert.
1.3
1.6
2.2
1.8
1.6
Reference Spectra

       Reference spectra for the current work were provided by MRI or were taken from the
EPA library.  Table 3 lists the spectra used in the analyses for each analytical region.

                           TABLES.  REFERENCE SPECTRA
Compound
HC1
H2CO
CO
SO,
NO
NO2
H2O
C02
SF6
Analytical region
0
_
-

198.alf

-
194jsub.spc
193clbsa.spc
a
1





200clbse.spc
194fsub.spc


2




199clbsa.spc
-
194fsub.spc


3
.

co20829a.spc

.
.

193clbsa.spc

4
O97.alf
087clasb.spch



-


-
  Tile sf620p_2.alf was used for spectra recorded at (nominal) twenty passes in the infrared absorption cell; file
    sf640p_l.alf was used for spectra recorded at (nominal) forty passes in the infrared absorption cell.
  bResults of analyses excluding H2CO from this analytical region were also supplied to MRI.
       For the compound HC1, the FTIR library spectra were de-resolved to 1 cm"1 and
normalized for absolute temperature, concentration, and absorption pathlength.  The resulting
files were averaged to provide a "reduced absorptivity" (see Reference 6), which was stored in
the spectral file 097.alf and employed in all subsequent HC1 analyses. The HC1 analysis was
applied to the de-resolved EPA library HC1 spectra to determine the fractional calibration
uncertainty (FCU), which is presented in Table 4. Similar procedures were followed to
                                           C-5

-------
determine the reduced absorptivity and FCU values for the compounds SO2 and SF6.  For SO-,,
1.0 cm-1 resolution spectra provided by MRI were used; the spectra used for SF6 were those
recorded on the field instrument, at two different absorption pathlengths, during the APG field
test.

                       TABLE 4. FRACTIONAL CALIBRATION
                                UNCERTAINTY (FCU)
Compound
SO2
HC1
SF6 (20 passes)
SF6 (40 passes)
FCU (%)
4.6
8.5
1.5
1.2
References

1.   D.M. Haaland and R.G. Easterling, "Improved Sensitivity of Infrared Spectroscopy by the
     Application of Least Squares Methods," Appl. Spectrosc. 34(5):539-548 (1980).

2.   D.M. Haaland and R.G. Easterling, "Application of New Least-Squares Methods for the
     Quantitative Infrared Analysis of Multicomponent Samples," Appl. Spectrosc.
     36(6):665-673 (1982).

3.   D.M. Haaland, R.G. Easterling and D.A. Vopicka, "Multivariate Least-Squares Methods
     Applied to the Quantitative Spectral Analysis of Multicomponent Samples," Appl.
     Spectrosc. 39(l):73-84 (1985).

4.   W.C. Hamilton, Statistics in Physical Science. Ronald Press Co., New York,  1964,
     Chapter 4.

5.   P.R. Griffiths and J.A. DeHaseth, Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy. John Wiley
     and Sons, New York, 1986, ISBN  0-471-09902-3.

6.   G. M. Plummer and W. K. Reagen, "An Examination of a Least Squares Fit FTIR Spectral
     Analysis Method," Air and Waste  Management Association, Paper Number 96-WA65.03.

7.   "Protocol for the Use of Extractive Fourier Transform Infrared Spectrometry for the
     Analyses of Gaseous Emissions from Stationary Sources," U.S. Environmental Protection
     Agency (EMTIC Bulletin Board, 1995).
                                         C-6

-------
         APPENDIX D.




PROCESS DESCRIPTION AND DATA

-------
RESEARCH TRIANGLE INSTITUTE
Center for Environmental Analysis
     MEMORANDUM

     TO:             Joseph  Wood,  ESD/MICG (MD-13)
                    U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency
                    Research Triangle Park,  NC 27711
                                     GB
     FROM:          Cybele  Brockmann, RTI

     DATE:          July  31,  1997

     SUBJECT:       Process Description for APG Lime

     REFERENCE:     Information Gathering and Analysis  for  the Lime
                    Manufacturing Industry NESHAP
                    EPA Contract 68-D1-0118
                    ESD Project 95/06
                    RTI Project 6750-017

     Attached  is  the  description of processes at APG  Lime;  processes
     were monitored during  testing at the plant October 21-24,  1997.
 3040 Corr.wai'iS Roaa •  Pos; Office Box 12194  • Research Tnangie Park. North Carolina 27709-2194 USA
                         Telephone 919 990-8603 • Fax 919 990-8600

-------
I.  Process Description of the APG Plant

     Lime  (calcium oxide, CaO) is typically produced  in  the U.S.
by crushing and then heating  limestone  (CaC03)  in an inclined,
rotating kiln.  The limestone is heated to temperatures  of around
2000 degrees Fahrenheit  (deg  F) which cause it to breakdown
chemically into lime and C02.   Some of the lime produced in the
U.S. is hydrated  (Ca(OH)2) .   At APG,  lime is sold as CaO and
Ca(OH)2.1

     Limestone at the APG plant is extracted from an  underground
mine located at the plant.  The limestone is milled and  screened
to yield three sizes of stone:  less than 3/8  inch, 3/8  inch to
11/8 inches, and 11/8 inches to 2 inches.2

     During testing, emissions were measured at  the inlet and
outlet of  the fabric filter  (FF) that cleans the exhaust from  the
number one kiln and at the stack associated with the  cooler of
the number two kiln.  Process data from the number one kiln were
collected  during  testing of its FF.  Process data from the number
two kiln were collected during testing of its  cooler  stack.

     The number one and  two kilns are inclined rotating  kilns
with design capacities of 300 tons of lime per day and 265 tons
of lime per day,  respectively.3  Both kilns are approximately 300
feet long  with tapered diameters  (10  feet in diameter at the
front end  of each kiln and 8  feet in diameter  the remaining
length of  the kilns) . *  The incline of the kilns is Vs inch per
foot.5  Limestone enters at the back end of each kiln (the high-
est point  of incline) and tumbles through the  kiln via gravity
and the rotating  motion  of the kilns  (typical  rotating rates for
both kilns are 0.25 to 1.2 revolution per minute).6  The resi-
dence time of the feed material in the kiln is 2.5 hours.7
Approximately two tons of limestone are consumed to produce one
ton of lime.8

     The combustion of fuel,  which consists of pulverized coal
suspended  in air,  occurs at  the front end of each kiln  (coal
samples were obtained during  testing).  Coal for both kilns is
pulverized to the consistency of powder  in  a single ball mill.
Heated air from  the cooling process  (described below)  is pulled
into the ball mill  to preheat and dry the coal.  A  fan  on  the
mill blows the air  and dry pulverized coal  from  the mill into
each kiln.  Typically a  third of  a  ton  of coal is  consumed per
ton of lime.9

     Lime  exiting each kiln  is  deposited  onto  the  kiln's moving
grate cooler.  Ambient air  is blown  upward  through the grates to
cool the lime.   Most  of  the  air  that  cools  the lime is  routed to
the kilns  or  to  the ball mill to  preheat  and dry the  coal.   A

-------
small portion of the air exiting each cooler is released to the
atmosphere through its own stack via natural draft.  This was the
gas stream from the number two cooler that was tested.  Lime from
each cooler is conveyed to a screener, separated by particle
size, and stored in silos.

II.  Kiln Emissions Control

     Exhaust gases exiting the number one kiln pass through a FF.
The FF, manufactured by Amerex, was installed in 1994.10  The FF
has six compartments.  The bags within the compartments are made
of 22 ounce fiberglass with a teflon finish.11  The air-to-cloth
ratio is 3.4 actual cubic feet per minute per square foot of
fabric.12  The inlet gas temperature for  the FF is 495 degrees F,
and the pressure drop across the FF is 6 to 8 inches of water.13
The FF runs continuously; during cleaning, one of the six
compartments is taken off-line and cleaned by pulse-jet, while
the other five compartments continue to  treat kiln exhaust.14

     Refer to Figure 1 for a diagram of  the number two kiln and
cooler (the cooler stack is uncontrolled).  Refer to Figure 2 for
a diagram of the number one kiln, and the FF that cleans the
exhaust from the number one kiln.  The diagrams indicate the
relative locations for each unit operation, direction of flow for
material and gas, input and output of materials and gas, and
approximate locations where process parameters and gas samples
were measured.

III.  Process Operation

     Data  indicating the operation of the number one and two
kilns and the FF on the number one kiln  are presented in this
section.  Data for the number two kiln were collected to provide
an indication of the operation of the number two cooler since no
other cooler operating parameters were monitored by the plant.
Process data for the kilns and the FF were manually recorded
every 15 minutes during the testing from instrument panel screens
in the kiln control room; the recorded data were measured with
instruments already in place and used by the plant for process
control of the kiln.

     Table 1 is a statistical summary of the process data
collected during testing.  Tables 2a, 2b, and 2c display all of
process data collected during testing.

-------
Notes Pertaining to Test Runs

Limestone feed rate

     A constant size of calcitic limestone  (3/8 inch to 11/8 inch)
was burned in the number one and number two kilns during testing.
The limestone feed rate into the kilns is not directly measured
by the plant.  During testing,  the plant provided an approximate
feed rate of limestone into each kiln by weighing a 6 foot
section of limestone on the feed belt to each kiln  (see "b" on
Figures 1 and 2 for location of feed belts).  According to the
plant, the speed of both feed belts is held constant at 199 feet
per minute; however, the quantity of feed on the belts varies
with the amount of limestone brought up by the bucket elevators
(see Figures 1 and 2 for location of bucket elevators).  The
amount of limestone in the elevators is a function of the speed
of the belt beneath the crushed limestone bin; the speed of this
belt is indirectly measured by  the %Feed-0-Weight  (FOW).15  The
higher the %FOW, the faster the speed of the belt beneath the
bin, which in turn leads to more limestone deposited into the
bucket elevators, and, more feed deposited onto the feed belt
which conveys limestone to the  kiln.

     The limestone bin conveyor belt speed is varied with the
rotating speed of the kiln  (indicated by the motor speed 1, 2, 3,
or 4).  When the rotation of the kiln is decreased, the limestone
bin conveyor belt speed is reduced to reduce the amount of feed
going into the kiln.  When the  rotation of the kiln is increased,
the limestone bin conveyor belt speed is increased to increase
the amount of feed going into the kiln.

     Plant personnel weighed a  six foot section of limestone on
the feed belt for the number two kiln during testing on 10/21/96.
The six foot section was weighed while the  limestone bin conveyor
belt speed was running at 64%  (FOW)  (the most frequent belt speed
for that day - see Table 2a).   At 64% FOW,  the weight of the
limestone on a 6 foot section of the feed belt was 22 Ib.  This
corresponds to a limestone feed rate of 525 tons per day(TPD) and
a lime production rate of 262 TPD.  This compares with the
typical production rate of the  number two kiln reported by the
plant to be 265 TPD.16

     Plant personnel weighed two different  times a  six foot
section of limestone  from  the  feed belt of  the number one  kiln
during testing on 10/22/96.  One six foot  section was weighed
while the limestone bin conveyor belt speed was  running at  50%
FOW  (the most frequent  speed  for that day  -  see  Table 2b);  the
other section was weighed while the  limestone bin  conveyor  belt

-------
speed was running at 26% FOW.  At 50% FOW, the weight of the
limestone on a 6 foot section of the feed belt was 20 Ib lime-
stone (corresponds to a production rate of 238 TPD of lime).   At
26% FOW, the weight of the limestone on a 6 foot section of the
feed belt was 14 Ib limestone (167 TPD of lime).   This compares
with the typical production rate of the number one kiln reported
by the plant to be 240 TPD of lime.17

     Plant personnel did not weigh a six foot section of
limestone from the feed belt during testing of the number one
kiln on 10/23 and 10/24; on these days, the average limestone bin
conveyor belt speed was 45% FOW and 44% FOW,  respectively.   To
approximate the limestone feed rates at these settings,  the three
known limestone bin conveyor belt speeds and their corresponding
weights from above (i.e., 64% and 22 Ib; 50% and 20 Ib;  26% and  .
14 Ib) were fitted to a curve (see Figure 3).  The equation for
the curve (shown in Figure 3) was used to predict the weight of a
six foot section of limestone on the feed belt at the two
limestone bin conveyor belt speeds.  At 44% FOW,  the predicted
weight was 18.7 Ib (approximately 224 tons of lime per day).   At
45%,  the predicted weight was 18.9 Ib  (approximately 226 tons of
lime per day).

     In summary, the average indirectly measured lime production
rates during testing were typical of the production rates
reported in the questionnaire.18

Coal Feed Rate

     During each test run, three samples of pulverized coal were
collected upstream of the kiln.  The samples were collected at
the beginning, middle, and end of each test run.  The three
samples from each test run were mixed together and a sample of
the mixture sent off for an F-factor analysis.  The F-factor
analysis uses the thermal value of coal, along with air flow
measurements, to calculate coal feed rate.

Percent Damper Opening

     As indicated in Figures 1 and 2, a single ball mill
pulverizes coal for the number one and number  two kilns.  Heated
air from each kiln's lime cooler is pulled into the ball mill to
preheat and dry the coal.  A fan on the mill blows the air and
dry pulverized coal from the mill to each kiln.  Dampers control
the distribution of air and coal to each kiln.  Plant personnel
adjust  the dampers based on a visual inspection of the FF dust
from each kiln.  The color of the FF dust serves as a surrogate
measure of combustion efficiency.  FF dust that is too dark

-------
indicates that coal is passing through the kiln unburned;
consequently, the damper setting is increased to increase the
flow of air to the kiln to improve combustion efficiency.  The
plant also has oxygen analyzers at the exhaust end of each kiln
to indicate combustion efficiency.  Oxygen readings for the
number one kiln were not recorded during testing because the kiln
operators indicated that the analyzer was not working.  It was
later learned (several months after testing) that the analyzer
was working during testing.

     During testing, the percent damper opening to the number one
kiln was recorded as a possible indicator of coal feed rate
consistency.  The damper to the number one kiln is fully open at
74.6%; as shown in Table 1, average settings during kiln 1
testing were 59.6%, 50.9%, and 66.6%.19

Kiln Speed

     The speed, i.e., the  revolutions per minute  (rpm) of the
number one and number two  kilns is controlled by four motor
settings.  The fourth motor setting is the fastest kiln speed
(1.90 rpm),  followed by the third motor setting  (1.38 rpm),
second motor setting  (0.95 rpm), and first motor setting  (0.69
rpm).  The number one and  two kilns typically operate in the
fourth motor setting, however, if the front end temperature of
either kiln drops, the speed of that kiln is slowed down  (usually
to second or third motor setting) to raise the front end
temperature back up.  According to the kiln operator, slowing the
kiln speed raises the temperature of the feed traveling through
the kiln, which in turn transports more heat to the front end of
the kiln.20

Secondary air and back end temperatures

     According to one of the kiln operators, target back end and
secondary air temperatures for the number one kiln are 750 deg F
and 300 deg  F, respectively, when burning medium stone  (the size
of stone burned during testing).21   Target back  end  and  secondary
air temperatures for  the number two kiln are 680 deg F and
550 deg F, respectively, when burning medium stone."  Table  1
shows the average values of back end and secondary air
temperatures for the  number one and two kilns during  testing;
these temperatures were close to the target temperatures
specified by the kiln operator.

-------
FF temperature and pressure drop

     The 1995 questionnaire reports that the inlet temperature
and pressure drop of the FF that treats the number one kiln are
495 deg F and 6 to 8 inches of water,  respectively.23  As shown
in Table 1, the average inlet temperature and pressure drop of
the FF were within these reported ranges during testing.

-------
Table 1. Statistical Summary of Process Data Collected at APG
Runs 1,2 & 3, of #2 Cooler Tests
10/21/96; data recorded from 11:32 am to 6:28 pm
Parameters for Kiln #2
Kiln back end temperature (deg F)
% FOW (% of motor capacity of feed belt to bucket elevators )
Temperature of secondary air to kiln (deg F)
Gear Setting on kiln speed (1 through 4; 4 is the highest speed)
mean
672
59
536
4
std. dev.
24
11
45
1
mm.
632
32
395
2
max.
750
65
596
4
n1
29
27
29
29
Run 1 of Kiln 1 Baghouse Test
10/22/96; data recorded from 11:35 am to 5:47 pm
Parameters for Kiln #1
Pressure drop across baghouse (in. of h^O)
Temperature of gas at inlet to baghouse (deg F)
Kiln back end temperature (deg F)
Temperature of secondary air to kiln (deg F)
Gear Setting on kiln speed (1 through 4; 4 is the highest speed)
% FOW (% of motor capacity of feed belt to bucket elevators )
Damper opening for air/coal feeding kiln (%)
mean
8.3
492
751
290
4
45
59.6
std. dev.
0.2
1
20
60
1
12
1.9
mm.
7.9
490
720
30
2
20
58.3
max.
8.6
494
791
342
4
50
62.7
n
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
 Run 2 of Kiln 1 Baghouse Test
 10/23/96; data recorded from 10:41 am to 3:39 pm
Parameters for Kiln #1
Pressure drop across baghouse (in. of H2O)
Temperature of gas at inlet to baghouse (deg F)
Kiln back end temperature (deg F)
Temperature of secondary air to kiln (deg F)
Gear Setting on kiln speed (1 through 4; 4 is the highest speed)
% FOW (% of motor capacity of feed belt to bucket elevators )_
Damper opening for air/coal feeding kiln (%)
mean
8.0
492
751
293
4
45
50.9
std. dev.
0.2
1
10
16
0
6
1.0
mm.
7.8
491
737
262
3
22
50.3
max.
8.3
494
768
321
4
48
54.8
n
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
 Run 3 of Kiln 1 Baghouse Test
 10/24/96; data recorded from 11:05 am to 7:52 pm
Parameters for Kiln #1
Pressure drop across baghouse (in. of HaO)
Temperature of gas at inlet to baghouse (deg F)
Kiln back end temperature (deg F)
Temperature of secondary air to kiln (deg F)
Gear Setting on kiln speed (1 through 4; 4 is the highest speed)
% FOW (% of motor capacity of feed belt to bucket elevators )
Damper opening for air/coal feeding kiln (%)
mean
7.9
491
768
289
4
44
66.6
std. dev.
0.3
1
13
22
0
9
4.6
mm.
7.5
489
737
255
2
21
60.2
max.
8.3
494
791
327
4
49
74.4
n
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
 1n = number of recordings

-------
Table 2a. Process Data

10/21/96; Runs 1, 2, & 3 of Kiln 2 Cooler Tests
Day Kiln Operator = Randy

Time      BET (deg F)  FOW (%)  Sec T (deg F)  Gear Setting
started testing approximately 11:25 am
 11:32 AM    681         65        596          4
 11:47 AM    670         65        577          4
 12:02PM    665         65        550          4
after 12:02 PM recording, operator changed FOW to 41% and gear setting to 3
 12:17PM    678         41        488          3
 12:32 PM    683         62        515          4
 12:47PM    654         62        526          4
12:48 PM stopped feed b/c of a hole in the belt (FOW set to 0%); coal was still burning
12:51 PM FOW turned back on to 62%.
 12:58 PM    731         32        505          2
Feed shut off (FOW set to 0%) to weigh feed samples; process still running
  1:03 PM    750                  395          3
  1:18 PM    644                  474          4
1:32 run 1 completed
  1:40 PM    632        64        570          4
  2:09 PM    649        64        573          4
  2:25 PM    660        41        553          3
  2:40 PM    658        64        500          4
  3:00 PM    652        64        570          4
  3:15PM    646        64        565          4
  3:30 PM    654        64        586          4
  3:45 PM    649        64        585          4
  4:00 PM    679        64        582          4
  4:25 PM    689        64        554          4
  4:36 PM    682        41        541          3
  4:51 PM    677        41        491          3
  4:52 PM    677        64        489         4
  5:07 PM    672        64        543         4
  5:22 PM    681         64        553         4
  5:37 PM     680        64        540         4
  5:48 PM     683        41        581          3
  6:03 PM     689        64        476         4
  6:18PM     669        64        529         4
  6:28 PM     662        64        541          4

BET (deg F) = back end temperature of kiln
FOW (%) = % of motor capacity of feed belt
Sec T (deg F) = temperature of secondary  air to kiln

-------
Table 2b. Process Data

10/22/96; Run 1 of Baghouse Tests
Day Kiln Operator = Tommy
Stone size = 3/8" by 1 and 1/8"

Time       BH delta P  BH T (deg F) BET (deg F)  Sec T (deg F)  Gear Setting FOW (%) Damper (%)
 11:30 AM    8.4         494         734         294                             62.6
FOW stopped around 11:30 AM to weigh feed sample
11:35 AM
1 1 :50 AM
12:05PM
12:25 PM
12.-40PM
12:56PM
shortly after
1:20 PM
1:36 PM
1 :50 PM
2:05 PM
2:20 PM
port change
2:55 PM
3:37 PM
3:59 PM
4:05 PM
4:20 PM
4:35 PM
4:36 PM
4:51 PM
5:06 PM
5:21 PM
5:35 PM
5:47 PM
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.5
8.6
1:00 PM, testing
8.5
8.6
8.4
8.4
8.2
around 2:45 PM
8.2
8.1
8.2
8.2
8.1
8.1

8.1
8.1
8
8
7.9
493
493
493
492
494
494
halted
493
493
493
490
493

494
493
493
491
491
490

491
493
491
491
491
738
738
733
733
726
740
for filter change
724
720
744
746
747

770
774
746
752
791
788

761
762
784
764
750
296
288
296
306
307
311

325
342
338
327
312

30
275
298
256
296
304

283
293
296
302
301
4
4
4
4
4
4

4
4
4
4
4

2
4
2
4
4
4
2
4
4
4
4
2
50
50
50
50
50
50

50
50
50
50
50

20
50
20
50
50
50
20
50
50
50
50
20
62.7
62.7
62.7
62.6
62.7
58.6

58.5
58.6
58.5
58.5
58.6

58.5
58.5
58.4
58.5
58.4
58.4

58.4
58.3
58.4
58.4
58.4
 BH delta P = Pressure drop across baghouse (in. of H2O)
 BH T (deg F) = Temperature of gas at inlet to baghouse (deg F)
 BET (deg F) = Back end temperature of kiln
 Sec T (deg F) = temperature of secondary air to kiln
 FOW (%) = % of motor capacity of feed belt

-------
Table 2c. Process Data

10/23/96; Run 2 of Baghouse Tests
Day Kiln Operator = Randy
Stone size = 3/8" by 1 and 1/8"

Time       BH delta P  BH T (deg F)  BET (deg F) Sec T (deg F) Gear Setting FOW (%) Damper (%)
10:41 AM
10:56 AM
11:15AM
1 1 :30 AM
11:51 AM
12:06PM
12-.22PM
12:37PM
12:52 PM
1:15 PM
1:40 PM
1:55 PM
2:25 PM
2:35 PM
2:45 PM
3:07 PM
3:22 PM
3:39 PM
8.1
8.1
8.3
8.1
7.9
7.9
7.8
7.8
7.9
8.2
8.3
8.2
7.9
8
7.8
7.9
7.9
7.8
494
493
493
493
491
491
491
491
494
493
493
492
491
492
491
493
491
491
744
737
741
745
753
749
742
745
747
743
744
746
768
760
761
763
762
767
262
266
275
287
286
285
288
290
295
295
291
295
302
316
320
321
303
296
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
22
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
48
48
48
48
50.3
50.3
54.8
50.7
50.7
50.7
50.7
50.7
50.7
50.7
50.7
50.7
50.7
50.7
50.7
50.7
50.7
50.6
BH delta P = Pressure drop across baghouse (in. of H2O)
BH T (deg F) = Temperature of gas at inlet to baghouse (deg F)
BET (deg F) = Back end temperature of kiln
Sec T (deg F) = temperature of secondary air to kiln
FOW (%) = % of motor capacity of feed belt
                                             10

-------
Table 2d. Process Data

10/24/96; Run 3 of Baghouse Tests
Day Kiln Operator = Tommy

Time      BH delta P BH T (deg F)  BET (deg F) Sec T (deg F) Gear Setting FOW (%)  Damper (%)
Stone size = 3/8" by 1  and  1/8"
1 1 :05 AM
1 1 :20 AM
1 1 :35 AM
1 1 :50 AM
12:07PM
12:35 PM
12:50 PM
1:05 PM
1:06 PM
1:21 PM
1:36 PM
3:34 PM
3:49 PM
4:05 PM
4:36 PM
4:54 PM
5:14 PM
5:30 PM
5:45 PM
6:00 PM
6:17 PM
6:31 PM
6:47 PM
7:07 PM
7:22 PM
7:37 PM
7:52 PM
8.3
8.2
8
8
7.9
8.2
8.1
8.1
8.2
8.1
8.2
8.1
8.2
8
8.1
8.1
7.9
8
7.9
7.9
7.7
7.6
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.6
490
489
490
491
491
493
491
490
490
493
490
490
491
493
491
491
491
491
493
491
493
493
492
491
494
493
490
764
775
764
764
759
769
777
791
791
787
782
764
765
772
774
758
754
737
763
760
778
785
776
768
767
766
737
302
309
316
315
309
293
269
256
255
259
264
262
266
270
281
299
304
318
323
327
299
268
283
289
281
288
299
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
4
4
4
4
4
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
4
4
4
3
4
4
49
49
49
49
49
49
49
24
48
47
47
47
47
22
46
47
47
47
47
47
22
48
48
48
21
42
47
60.2
60.3
60.2
60.2
60.2
60.2
62.6
64.3
64.3
64.2
64.3
68.3
68.3
68.3
68.3
68.3
68.3
68.3
68.3
68.3
68.3
68.3
68.3
74.4
74.4
74.4
74.4
BH delta P = Pressure drop across baghouse (in. of H2O)
BH T (deg F) = Temperature of gas at inlet to baghouse (deg F)
BET (deg F) = Back end temperature of kiln
Sec T (deg F) = temperature of secondary air to kiln
FOW (%) = % of motor capacity of feed belt
                                            11

-------
         Crushed
       Limestone Bin
                  00
                                      (o)
  Feed Belt
(o)
                           Bucket Elevator
  Gas Flow -
Material Flow
Exhaust Stack
    to the
 Atmosphere
                                                                                   To Kiln #1
                                                        From Kiln #1
                                                       Cooling  Process
Limestone Feed
         Kiln #2
                                                                                       in

                                                                                       z
                                                                                       C
       location of % Feed-o-Weight measurement
       location where 6 ft sample of feed was weighed
       location of back end temperature measurement
       location of secondary air measurement
       location of % damper opening measurement
       location of coal samples
       location of gas sampling
                                    Ambient Air
                Figure 1.  Kiln #2, #2 Lime  Cooler, and  Associated Emission Control at APG Lime

-------
u>
                                                                                                From Kiln #2
                                                                                  To Kiln #2   Cooling Process
\       I
  \      I
   s\i
                                                                                                                             I!

\Crushed /
iineslone Bin / • 	 " "
I /
, i /,.
(•) (0\
^
^•A 	
(o) Feed Belt
(0 \

•J-

•f
Bucket Elevator j
T
>
Gas Flow
Matei ial Flow
Fabric
Filter

t
f \ a: lo
( Fan ) b: lo
^^_ — / c: lo
1 d: lo
1 e: lo
ExhausT Stack f: lo
to the {: !°
*: lo
Atmosphere
                                                               Limestone Feed
                                                                          Hot Lime
Coal^


Pulverizing
Mill
/
e/

g
It
M


\
^
/
/
/
•

Hea
A





Atmosp
t
1
ted M
r g
i
                                                                                                                             -;§
                                                                                                                              I
                                                                                               Cooling Grates
                                                            location of % Feed-o-Weight measurement
                                                            location where 6 ft sample of feed was weighed
                                                            location of back end temperature measurement
                                                            location of baghouse temperature measurement
                                                            location of % damper opening measurement
                                                            location of secondary air measurement
                                                            location of coal samples
                                                            location of gas sampling
                       Cooled
                        Lime
    Ambient Air
                 Figure 2.  Kiln #1, #1 Lime Cooler, and Associated Emission Control at APG Lime

-------
 
 D
UH
 o
25 T
      20
      15
5S-S

§  I
8  -  10
o


       5 --
       0
         0
                                                         = 8.9414Ln(x)- 15.099
                                                                                         o Actual Measurements

                                                                                         	Trendline
              10
20
30         40

    %FOW
50
60
70
                  Figure 3. Weight of Limestone on 6 ft Section of Feed Belt vs. % FOW (Feed-O-Weight)

-------
REFERENCES

1.    APG response to questionnaire sent out in 1995 by the
     National Lime Association as part of a voluntary effort with
     the Environmental Protection Agency to obtain
     data/information for the MACT program.

2.    Heath,  Elizabeth, Research Triangle Institute.  Site Survey
     of APG Lime, Inc., Ripplemead, Virginia.  February, 1996.

3.    Ref 1.

4.    Ref 2.

5.    Ref 2.

6.    Ref 2.

7.    Brockmann, Cybele, Research Triangle Institute.
     Conversation with plant personnel during testing (10/21/96
     through 10/24/96).

8.    Ref 1.

9.    Ref 2.

10.  Ref 1.

11.  1.

12.  1.

13.  1.

14.  Telecommunication between Cybele Brockmann of  Research
     Triangle  Institute and plant  personnel on November 25, 1996.

15.  Ref 14.

15.  1.

16.  1.

18.  Reference 1


                                15

-------
   APPENDIX E.

  EPA Method 320
EPA FTIR PROTOCOL

-------
                              1
 Appendix A of part 63 is amended by adding, in numerical
order,  Methods 320 and 321 to read as follows:
             Appendix A to Part 63-Test Methods
                            *****
                       TEST METHOD 320
 MEASUREMENT OF VAP01 PHASE ORGANIC AND INORGANIC EMISSIONS
IY EXTRACTIVE FOURIER TRANSFORM INFRARED (FTIR) SPECTROSCOPY
1.0  Introduction.
     Persons unfamiliar with basic elements of FTIR
spectroscopy should not attempt to use this method.  This
method describes  sampling  and analytical procedures for
extractive emission measurements  using Fourier transform
infrared  (FTIR) spectroscopy.  Detailed analytical
procedures for interpreting infrared  spectra are described
in the "Protocol  for the Use of Extractive Fourier Transform
Infrared  (FTIR) Spectrometry in Analyses of Gaseous
Emissions from Stationary  Sources," hereafter referred to as
the "Protocol."   Definitions not  given in this method are
given in appendix A of the  Protocol.  References to specific
sections in the Protocol are made  throughout this Method.
For additional information  refer  to references 1 and 2, and
other EPA reports, which describe  the use of FTIR
spectrometry in specific field measurement applications and
validation tests.  The sampling procedure described here  is

-------
                              2



extractive.  Flue gas is extracted through a heated gas




transport and handling system.  For some sources,  sample




conditioning systems may be applicable.  Some examples are




given in this method.  Note:  sample conditioning systems




may be used providing the method validation requirements in




Sections 9.2 and 13.0 of this method are met.




1.1  Scope and Applicability.




1.1.1  Analytes.   Analytes include hazardous air pollutants




(HAPs) for which EPA reference spectra have been developed.




Other compounds can also be measured with this method if




reference spectra are prepared according to section 4.6 of




the protocol.




1.1.2  Applicability.  This method applies to the analysis




of vapor phase organic or inorganic compounds which absorb




energy in the mid-infrared spectral region, about 400 to




4000 cm"1  (25 to  2.5  urn).  This method  is  used to determine




compound-specific concentrations in a multi-component vapor




phase sample, which  is contained in a closed-path gas cell.




Spectra of samples are collected using double beam infrared




absorption spectroscopy.  A computer program is used  to




analyze spectra and  report compound concentrations.




1.2  Method Range and Sensitivity.  Analytical range  and




sensitivity depend on the frequency-dependent analyte




absorptivity, instrument configuration, data collection




parameters, and gas  stream composition.   Instrument factors

-------
                              3




include: (a) spectral resolution,  (b) interferometer signal




averaging time,  (c) detector sensitivity and response,  and



(d)  absorption path length.




1.2.1  For any optical configuration the analytical range is




between the absorbance values of about .01  (infrared



transmittance relative to the background = 0.98) and 1.0 (T




= 0.1).   (For absorbance > 1.0 the relation between




absorbance and concentration may not be linear.)




1.2.2  The concentrations associated with this absorbance



range depend primarily on the cell path length and the




sample temperature.  An analyte absorbance greater than 1.0,




can be lowered by  decreasing the optical path length.




Analyte absorbance increases with a  longer path length.




Analyte detection  also depends on the presence of other




species exhibiting absorbance in the same analytical region.




Additionally, the  estimated lower absorbance  (A) limit  (A =




0.01) depends on the root mean square deviation  (RMSD)  noise




in the analytical  region.



1.2.3  The concentration range of this method is determined




by the choice of optical configuration.




1.2.3.1  The absorbance for a given  concentration can  be




decreased by decreasing the path length or  by diluting  the




sample.  There is  no practical upper limit  to the




measurement range.




1.2.3.2  The analyte absorbance  for  a given concentration

-------
                             4



may be increased by increasing the cell path length or  (to



some extent) using a higher resolution.  Both modifications



also cause a corresponding increased absorbance for all



compounds in the sample, and a decrease in the signal



throughput.  For this reason the practical lower detection



range  (quantitation limit) usually depends on sample



characteristics such as moisture content of the gas, the



presence of other interferants,  and losses in the sampling



system.



1.3  Sensitivity.  The  limit of sensitivity for an optical



configuration and integration time is  determined using




appendix D of the Protocol:  Minimum Analyte Uncertainty,



(MAU).  The MAU depends on the RMSD noise in an analytical



region, and on the absorptivity of the analyte in the same



region.



1.4  Data Quality.  Data quality shall be determined by



executing Protocol pre-test procedures in appendices B  to H



of the protocol and post-test procedures in appendices  I and




J of the protocol.



1.4.1  Measurement objectives shall be established by the




choice of detection limit  (DLJ  and analytical uncertainty



(AUi)  for each analyte.



1.4.2  An instrumental  configuration shall be selected.  An




estimate of gas composition shall be made based on previous




test data, data from a  similar source  or information

-------
                              5




gathered in a pre-test site survey.  Spectral interferants




shall be identified using the selected DL.  and AUt and band




areas from reference spectra and interferant spectra.  The




baseline noise of the system shall be measured in each




analytical region to determine the MAU of the instrument



configuration for each analyte and interferant (MIU.) .




1.4.3  Data quality for the application shall be determined,




in part, by measuring the RMS  (root mean square)  noise level




in each analytical spectral region  (appendix C of the




Protocol).  The RMS noise is defined as the RMSD of the




absorbance values in an analytical region from the mean




absorbance value in the region.




1.4.4  The MAU is the minimum analyte concentration for




which the AUt can be maintained;  if the measured  analyte




concentration is less than MAUi,  then data quality are




unacceptable.




2.0  Summary of Method.



2.1  Principle.  References 4 through 7 provide background




material on  infrared spectroscopy  and quantitative analysis.




A summary is given in this section.




2.1.1  Infrared absorption spectroscopy is performed by




directing an infrared beam through a sample to a  detector.




The  frequency-dependent infrared absorbance of the sample  is




measured by  comparing this detector  signal  (single' beam




spectrum) to a signal obtained without  a  sample  in the beam

-------
                              6




path (background).




2.1.2  Most molecules absorb infrared radiation and the




absorbance occurs in a characteristic and reproducible




pattern.  The infrared spectrum measures fundamental




molecular properties and a compound can be identified from




its infrared spectrum alone.




2.1.3  Within constraints, there is a linear relationship




between infrared absorption and compound concentration.  If




this frequency dependent relationship  (absorptivity) is




known  (measured), it can be used to determine compound




concentration in a sample mixture.




2.1.4  Absorptivity is measured by preparing, in the-




laboratory, standard samples of compounds at known




concentrations and measuring the ETIR  "reference spectra" of




these  standard samples.  These "reference spectra" are then




used in sample analysis:   (1) compounds are detected by




matching sample  absorbance bands with bands in reference




spectra, and  (2) concentrations are measured by comparing




sample band intensities with  reference band intensities.




2.1.5  This method is self-validating provided that the




results meet the performance  requirement of the QA  spike in




sections 8.6.2 and 9.0 of  this method, and results  from a




previous method  validation  study support the use of this




method in the application.




2.2  Sampling and Analysis.   In extractive sampling a  probe

-------
                              7




assembly and pump are used to extract gas from the exhaust




of the affected source and transport the sample to the FTIR




gas cell.  Typically, the sampling apparatus is similar to




that used for single-component continuous emission monitor



(CEM)  measurements.




2.2.1  The digitized infrared spectrum of the sample in the



FTIR gas cell is measured and stored on a computer.




Absorbance band intensities in the spectrum are related to




sample concentrations by what is commonly referred to as



Beer's Law.




               Ai = a. b c,.                                (l)
where:



     A1 = absorbance at a given frequency of the ith sample




          component.



     a, = absorption coefficient  (absorptivity) of the ith




          sample component.




     b  = path length of the cell.



     ct = concentration of  the  ith  sample component.




2.2.2  Analyte spiking is used  for  quality assurance  (QA) .




In this procedure  (section  8.6.2  of this method) an analyte




is spiked into the  gas stream at  the  back end  of the sample




probe.  Analyte concentrations  in the spiked samples' are




compared to analyte  concentrations  in unspiked samples.

-------
                              8



Since the concentration of the spike is known, this



procedure can be used to determine  if the sampling system is



removing the spiked analyte(s) from the sample stream.



2.3 Reference Spectra Availability.  Reference spectra of



over 100 HAPs are available  in the  EPA FTIR spectral library



on the EMTIC  (Emission Measurement  Technical  Information



Center) computer bulletin board  service and at internet



address http://info.arnold.af.mil/epa/welcome.htm.



Reference spectra for HAPs,  or other analytes, may also be



prepared according to section 4.6 of the  Protocol.



2.4  Operator Requirements.   The FTIR analyst shall be



trained in  setting up the instrumentation, verifying the



instrument  is functioning properly, and performing routine



maintenance.  The analyst must evaluate the initial sample



spectra to  determine 'if  the  sample  matrix is  consistent with



pre-test assumptions and  if  the  instrument configuration  is



suitable.   The  analyst must  be able to modify the instrument



configuration,  if necessary.



2.4.1  The  spectral  analysis shall  be supervised by someone



familiar with EPA  FTIR  Protocol  procedures.



2,4.2  A technician  trained  in instrumental test methods  is



qualified to  install and operate the  sampling system.  This



'includes installing  the  probe and heated  line assembly,



operating the analyte  spike  system, and performing moisture



and  flow measurements.

-------
                              9


3.0  Definitions.


     See appendix A of the Protocol for definitions relating


to infrared spectroscopy.   Additional definitions are given


in sections 3.1 through 3.29.


3.1  Analyte.  A compound that this method is used to


measure.  The term "target analyte" is also used.  This


method is> multi-component and a number of analytes can be


targeted for a test.


3.2  Reference Spectrum.  Infrared spectrum of an analyte


prepared under controlled, documented, and reproducible


laboratory conditions according to procedures in section 4.6


of the Protocol.  A library  of reference spectra is used to


measure analytes in1gas samples.


3.3  Standard Spectrum.  A spectrum that has been prepared

                               V"
from a reference spectrum through a  (documented)


mathematical operation.  A common example is de-resolving of


reference  spectra to  lower-resolution standard spectra


 (Protocol, appendix K to the addendum of this method).


Standard spectra, prepared by approved,, and documented,


procedures can be used  as reference spectra for analysis.


3.4  Concentration.   In this method concentration is


expressed  as a molar  concentration,  in ppm-meters, or  in


 (ppm-meters)/K,  where K is the absolute temperature


 (Kelvin).  The  latter units  allow  the direct comparison of


concentrations  from systems  using  different optical

-------
                             10



configurations or sampling temperatures.




3.5  Interferant.  A compound in the sample matrix whose




infrared spectrum overlaps with part of an analyte spectrum.




The most accurate analyte measurements are achieved when




reference spectra of interferants are used in the




quantitative analysis with the analyte reference spectra.




The presence of an interferant can increase the analytical




uncertainty in the measured analyte concentration.




3.6  Gas Cell.  A gas containment cell that can be




evacuated.  It is equipped with the optical components to




pass the infrared beam through the sample to the detector.




Important cell features include: path length (or range if




variable), temperature range, materials of construction,  and




total gas volume.




3.7  Sampling System.  Equipment used to extract the sample




from the test location and transport the sample gas to the




FTIR analyzer.  This includes sample conditioning systems.




3.8  Sample Analysis.  The process of interpreting the




infrared spectra to obtain sample analyte concentrations.




This process is usually automated using a software routine




employing a classical least squares  (els), partial least




squares  (pis), or K- or P- matrix method.




3.9  One hundred percent line.  A double beam transmittance




spectrum obtained by combining two background single beam




spectra.  Ideally, this line is equal to 100 percent

-------
                              11




transmittance  (or zero absorbance) at every frequency in the




spectrum.  Practically, a zero absorbance line is used to



measure the baseline noise in the spectrum.




3.10  Background Deviation.  A deviation from 100 percent




transmittance  in any region of the 100 percent line.




Deviations greater than ± 5 percent in an analytical region




are unacceptable  (absorbance of 0.021 to -0.022).  Such




deviations indicate a change in the instrument throughput



relative to the background single beam.




3.11  Batch Sampling.  A procedure where spectra of




discreet, static samples are collected.  The gas cell is




filled with sample and the cell is isolated.  The spectrum




is collected.   Finally, the cell  is evacuated to prepare for




the next sample.




3.12  Continuous Sampling.  A procedure where spectra are




collected while sample gas is flowing through the cell at a




measured rate.



3.13  Sampling resolution.  The spectral resolution used to




collect  sample spectra.



3.14  Truncation.  Limiting the number of  interferogram data




points by deleting points  farthest from the center burst




 (zero path difference, ZPD).



3.15  Zero filling.  The addition of points to the




interferogram.  The position  of each added point  is




interpolated  from neighboring real data points.   Zero

-------
                             12




filling adds no information to the interferogram,  but




affects line shapes in the absorbance spectrum (and possibly




analytical results).




3.16  Reference GTS.   Calibration Transfer Standard spectra




that were collected with reference spectra.




3.17  CTS Standard.  CTS spectrum produced by applying a de-




resolution procedure  to a reference CTS.




3.18  Test CTS.  CTS  spectra collected at the sampling




resolution using the  same optical configuration as for




sample spectra.  Test spectra help verify the resolution,




temperature and path  length of the FTIR system.




3.19  RMSD.  Root Mean Square Difference, defined in EPA




FTIR Protocol,  appendix A.




3.20  Sensitivity.  The noise-limited compound-dependent




detection limit for the FTIR system configuration.  This is




estimated by the MAU.  It depends on the RMSD in an




analytical region of a zero absorbance line.




3.21  Quantitation Limit.  The lower limit of detection for




the FTIR system configuration in the sample spectra.  This




is estimated by mathematically subtracting scaled reference




spectra of analytes and interferences from sample spectra,




then measuring the RMSD in an analytical region of the




subtracted spectrum.   Since the noise in subtracted sample




spectra may be much greater than in a zero absorbance




spectrum, the quantitation limit is generally much higher

-------
                             13




than the sensitivity.  Removing spectral interferences from




the sample or improving the spectral subtraction can lower



the quantitation limit toward  (but not below)  the



sensitivity.




3.22  Independent Sample.  A unique volume of sample gas;



there is no mixing of gas between two consecutive




independent samples.  In continuous sampling two independent



samples are separated by at least 5 cell volumes.  The



interval between independent measurements depends on the




cell volume and the  sample flow rate  (through the cell).




3.23  Measurement.   A single spectrum of flue gas contained




in the ETIR cell.




3.24  Run.  A run consists of  a series of measurements.  At




a minimum a run includes 8 independent measurements spaced




over 1 hour.



3.25  Validation.  Validation  of FTIR measurements is




described in sections 13.0 through 13.4 of this method.




Validation is used to verify the test procedures for




measuring specific analytes at a source.  Validation




provides proof that  the method works  under certain test




conditions.



3.26  Validation Run.  A validation run consists of at  least




24 measurements of independent samples.  Half of the  samples




are  spiked and half  are not spiked.   The length  of the  run




is determined by the interval  between independent  samples.

-------
                             14




3.27  Screening.   Screening is used when there is little or




no available information about a source.  The purpose of




screening is to determine what analytes are emitted and to




obtain information about important sample characteristics




such as moisture, temperature, and interferences.  Screening




results are semi-quantitative (estimated concentrations) or




qualitative (identification only).   Various optical and




sampling configurations may be used.  Sample conditioning




systems may be evaluated for their effectiveness in removing




interferences.  It is unnecessary to perform a complete run




under any set of sampling conditions.  Spiking is not




necessary,  but spiking can be a useful screening tool for




evaluating the sampling system,  especially if a reactive or




soluble analyte is used for the spike.




3.28  Emissions Test.  An FTIR emissions test is performed




according specific sampling and analytical procedures.




These procedures, for the target analytes and the source,




are based on previous screening and validation results.




Emission results are quantitative.  A QA spike  (sections




8.6.2 and 9.2 of this method) is performed under each set of




sampling conditions using a representative analyte.   Flow,




gas temperature and diluent data are recorded concurrently




with the FTIR measurements to provide mass emission rates




for detected compounds.




3.29  Surrogate.  A surrogate is a  compound that is used  in

-------
                             15




a QA spike procedure  (section  8.6.2 of this method) to




represent other compounds.  The chemical and physical




properties of a surrogate shall be similar to the compounds




it is chosen to represent.  Under given sampling conditions,




usually a single sampling factor is of primary concern for




measuring the target  analytes:  for example, the surrogate




spike results can be  representative for analytes that are




more reactive, more soluble, have a lower absorptivity, or




have a lower vapor pressure than the surrogate itself.



4.0  Interferences.




     Interferences are divided into two classifications:




analytical and sampling.




4.1  Analytical Interferences.  An analytical interference




is a spectral feature that  complicates  (in extreme cases may




prevent) the analysis of  an analyte.  Analytical




interferences are classified as background or spectral




interference.



4.1.1  Background Interference.  This results from a change




in throughput relative to the  single beam background.  It is




corrected by collecting a new  background and proceeding with




the test.  In severe  instances the cause must be identified




and corrected.  Potential causes include:  (1) deposits on




reflective surfaces or transmitting windows,  (2) changes  in




detector  sensitivity,  (3) a change  in the  infrared source




output, or  (4)  failure in the  instrument  electronics.   In

-------
                             16




routine sampling throughput may degrade over several hours.




Periodically a new background must be collected,  but no




other corrective action will be required.




4.1.2  Spectral Interference.  This results from the




presence of interfering compound(s)  (interferant)  in the




sample.  Interferant spectral features overlap analyte




spectral features.  Any compound with an infrared spectrum,




including analytes, can potentially be an interferant.  The




Protocol measures absorbance band overlap in each analytical




region to determine if potential interferants shall be




classified as known interferants  (FTIR Protocol,  section 4.9




and appendix B).  Water vapor and C02 are common  spectral




interferants.  Both of these compounds have strong infrared




spectra and are present in many sample matrices at high




concentrations relative to analytes.  The extent of




interference depends on the  (1) interferant concentration,




(2) analyte concentration, and  (3) the degree of band




overlap.  Choosing an alternate analytical region can




minimize or avoid the spectral  interference.  For example,




C02 interferes with the analysis of the 670 cm"1 benzene




band.  However, benzene can  also be  measured near 3000  cm"1




(with less sensitivity).




4.2  Sampling System Interferences.  These prevent analytes




from reaching the  instrument.   The analyte spike procedure




is designed to measure  sampling system interference,  if any.

-------
                              17




4.2.1  Temperature.  A temperature that is too low causes




condensation of analytes or water vapor.  The materials of




the sampling system and the FTIR gas cell usually set the



upper limit of temperature.




4.2.2  Reactive Species.  Anything that reacts with




analytes.  Some analytes, like formaldehyde, polymerize at



lower temperatures.




4.2.3  Materials.  Poor choice of material for probe, or




sampling line may remove some analytes.  For example, HF




reacts with glass components.




4.2.4  Moisture.  In addition to being a spectral




interferant, condensed moisture removes soluble compounds.




5.0  Safety.




     The hazards of performing this method are those




associated with any stack sampling method and the same




precautions shall be followed.  Many HAPs are suspected




carcinogens or present other  serious health risks.  Exposure




to these compounds should be  avoided in all circumstances.




For instructions on the safe  handling of any particular




compound, refer to its material safety data sheet.  When




using analyte standards, always ensure that gases are




properly vented and that the  gas handling system  is  leak




free.   (Always perform a leak check with the  system  under




maximum vacuum and, again, with the system  at greater  than




ambient pressure.)   Refer to section  8.2 of  this method  for

-------
                             18




leak check procedures.   This method does not address all of




the potential safety risks associated with its use.   Anyone




performing this method must follow safety and health




practices consistent with applicable legal requirements and




with prudent practice for each application.




6.0  Equipment and Supplies.




     Note:  Mention of trade names or specific products does




     not constitute endorsement bv the Environmental




     Protection Aaencv.




     The equipment and supplies are based on the schematic




of a sampling system shown in Figure 1.  Either the batch or




continuous sampling procedures may be used with this




sampling system.  Alternative sampling configurations may




also be used, provided that the data quality objectives are




met as determined in the post-analysis evaluation.  Other




equipment or supplies may be necessary, depending on the




design of the sampling system or the specific target




analytes.




6.1  Sampling Probe.  Glass, stainless steel, or other




appropriate material of sufficient length and physical




integrity to sustain heating, prevent adsorption of




analytes, and to transport analytes to the  infrared gas




cell.  Special materials or configurations  may be required




in some applications.  For instance, high stack sample




temperatures may require special steel or cooling the probe.

-------
                             19




For very high moisture sources it may be desirable to use a



dilution probe.




6.2  Particulate Filters.  A glass wool plug (optional)




inserted at the probe tip  (for large particulate removal)



and a filter  (required) rated for 99 percent removal



efficiency at 1-micron  (e.g., Balston")  connected at the



outlet of the heated probe.




6.3  Sampling Line/Heating System.  Heated  (sufficient to




prevent condensation) stainless steel,




polytetrafluoroethane, or other material inert to the




analytes.




6.4  Gas Distribution Manifold.  A heated manifold allowing




the operator  to control flows of gas standards and samples




directly to the FTIR system or through sample conditioning




systems.  Usually includes heated flow meter, heated valve




for selecting and sending sample to the analyzer, and a by-




pass vent.  This is typically constructed of stainless steel




tubing and fittings, and high-temperature valves.




6.5  Stainless Steel Tubing.  Type 316, appropriate diameter




(e.g., 3/8 in.) and length for heated connections.  Higher




grade stainless may be desirable in some applications.




6.6  Calibration/Analyte Spike Assembly.  A three way valve




assembly  (or  equivalent) to  introduce analyte or surrogate




spikes into the sampling system at the outlet of the probe




upstream of the out-of-stack particulate  filter  and the  FTIR

-------
                             20



analytical system.




6.7  Mass Flow Meter (MFM).   These are used for measuring




analyte spike flow. The MFM shall be calibrated in the range




of 0 to 5 L/min and be accurate to ± 2 percent (or better)




of the flow meter span.




6.8  Gas Regulators.  Appropriate for individual gas




standards.




6.9  Polytetrafluoroethane Tubing.  Diameter  (e.g., 3/8 in.)




and length suitable to connect cylinder regulators to gas




standard manifold.




6.10  Sample Pump.  A leak-free pump  (e.g., KNF") ,  with by-




pass valve, capable of producing a sample flow rate of at




least 10 L/min through 100 ft  of sample line.  If the pump




is positioned upstream of the  distribution manifold and FTIR




system, use a heated pump that is constructed from materials




non-reactive to the analytes.  If the pump is located




downstream of the FTIR system, the gas cell sample pressure




will be lower than ambient pressure and it must be recorded




at regular intervals.




6.11  Gas Sample Manifold.  Secondary manifold to control




sample flow at the inlet to the FTIR manifold.  This is




optional, but includes a by-pass vent and heated  rotameter.




6.12  Rotameter.  A 0 to 20 L/min rotameter.  This meter




need not be calibrated.




6.13  FTIR Analytical System.  Spectrometer  and detector,

-------
                             21




capable of measuring the analytes to the chosen detection




limit.  The system shall include a personal computer with



compatible software allowing automated collection of



spectra.




6.14  FTIR Cell Pump.  Required for the batch sampling




technique, capable of evacuating the FTIR cell volume within




2 minutes.  The pumping speed shall allow the operator to



obtain 8  sample spectra in 1 hour.,




6.15  Absolute Pressure Gauge.  Capable of measuring



pressure  from 0 to 1000 mmHg to within ± 2.5 mmHg (e.g.,




Baratron") .




6.16  Temperature Gauge.  Capable of measuring the cell




temperature to within ± 2°C.




6.17  Sample Conditioning.  One option is a condenser




system, which is used for moisture removal.  This can be




helpful in the measurement of some analytes.  Other sample




conditioning procedures may be devised for the removal of




moisture  or other interfering species.




6.17.1  The analyte spike procedure of section 9.2 of this




method, the QA spike procedure of section 8.6.2 of this




method, and the validation procedure of section 13 of this




method demonstrate whether the sample conditioning affects




analyte concentrations.  Alternatively, measurements can be




made  with two parallel FTIR systems; one measuring




conditioned sample, the other measuring unconditioned

-------
                             22




sample.




6.17.2  Another option is sample dilution.   The dilution




factor measurement must be documented and accounted for in




the reported concentrations.   An alternative to dilution is




to lower the sensitivity of the FTIR system by decreasing




the cell path length,  or to use a short-path cell in




conjunction with a long path cell to measure more than one




concentration range.




7.0  Reagents and Standards.




7.1  Analyte(s) and Tracer Gas.  Obtain a certified gas




cylinder mixture containing all of the analyte(s) at




concentrations within ± 2 percent of the emission source




levels  (expressed in ppm-meter/K).   If practical, the




analyte standard cylinder shall also contain the tracer gas




at a concentration which gives a measurable absorbance at a




dilution factor of at least 10:1.  Two ppm SF6 is sufficient




for a path length of 22 meters at 250 °F.




7.2  Calibration Transfer Standard(s).  Select the




calibration transfer standards  (CTS) according to section




4.5 of the FTIR Protocol.  Obtain a National Institute of




Standards and Technology  (NIST)  traceable gravimetric




standard of the CTS (± 2 percent).




7.3  Reference Spectra.  Obtain  reference spectra for each




analyte, interferant,  surrogate, CTS, and tracer.  If EPA




reference spectra are not available, use reference spectra

-------
                              23




prepared according to procedures  in  section  4.6 of  the EPA



FTIR Protocol.




8.0  Sampling and Analysis  Procedure.




     Three types of testing  can be performed:  (I) screening,




(2) emissions test, and  (3)  validation.   Each  is  defined  in



section 3 of this method.   Determine the  purpose(s)  of the




FTIR test.  Test requirements include:  (a) AU^ DLlf  overall




fractional uncertainty,  OFU^ maximum expected concentration




(CMAXJ ,  and tM for each,  (b)  potential interferants,  (c)



sampling system factors,  e.g., minimum  absolute cell




pressure,  (Pmin), FTIR cell  volume  (Vss) , estimated sample




absorption pathlength,  Ls' ,  estimated sample pressure, Ps',




Ts' ,  signal integration time  (tss) , minimum instrumental




linewidth, MIL, fractional  error,  and (d)  analytical




regions, e.g., m =  1  to  M,  lower  wavenumber  position,  FL,,




center wavenumber position,  FCm,  and upper wavenumber




position, F0m,  plus interferants, upper wavenumber position




of the CTS absorption band,  FFUm, lower wavenumber position




of the CTS absorption band,  FFLm, wavenumber range  FNU to




FNL.  If necessary,  sample  and acquire  an initial spectrum.




From analysis of this preliminary spectrum determine a




suitable operational  path length.   Set  up the sampling train




as shown in  Figure  1  or  use an appropriate alternative




configuration.  Sections 8.1 through 8.11 of this method




provide  guidance on pre-test calculations in the EPA

-------
                             24




protocol, sampling and analytical procedures, and post-test




protocol calculations.




8.1  Pretest Preparations and Evaluations.  Using the




procedure in section 4.0 of the FTIR Protocol, determine the




optimum  sampling system configuration for measuring the




target analytes.   Use available information to make




reasonable assumptions about moisture content and other




interferences.




8.1.1  Analytes.   Select the required detection limit  (DLJ




and the  maximum permissible analytical uncertainty  (AUJ  for




each analyte (labeled from 1 to i).  Estimate, if possible,




the maximum expected concentration for each analyte, CMAX; .




The expected measurement range is fixed by DL,. and CMAX,  for




each analyte (i) .




8.1.2  Potential Interferants.  List the potential




interferants.  This usually includes water vapor and C02,




but may  also include some analytes and other  compounds.




8.1.3.   Optical Configuration.  Choose an optical




configuration that can measure all of the analytes within




the absorbance range of  .01 to 1.0  (this may  require more




than one path length).  Use Protocol sections 4.3 to 4.8 for




guidance in choosing a configuration and measuring CTS.




8.1.4.   Fractional Reproducibility Uncertainty  (FRUJ .   The




FRU is determined for each analyte by comparing CTS spectra




taken before and after the reference spectra  were measured.

-------
                             25
The EPA para-xylene reference spectra were collected on
10/31/91 and 11/01/91 with corresponding CTS spectra
"cts!031a," and "ctsllOlb."  The CTS spectra are used to
estimate the reproducibility  (FRU) in the system that was
used to collect the references.  The FRU must be < AU.
Appendix E of the protocol is used to calculate the FRU from
CTS spectra.  Figure 2 plots results for 0.25 cm"1  CTS
spectra in EPA reference  library: S3 (ctsllOlb - cts!031a),
and S4 [(ctsllOlb + cts!031a)12].   The RMSD (SRMS)  is
calculated in the subtracted baseline, S3,  in the
corresponding CTS region  from 850 to 1065 cm"1.   The  area
(BAV) is calculated in the same region of the averaged CTS
spectrum, S4.
8.1.5  Known Interferants.  Use appendix B of the  EPA FTIR
Protocol.
8.1.6  Calculate the Minimum Analyte Uncertainty,  MAU
(section 1.3 of this method discusses MAU and protocol
appendix D gives the MAU  procedure).  The MAU for  each
analyte, i, and each analytical region, m, depends on the
RMS noise.
8.1.7  Analytical Program.  See FTIR  Protocol,  section 4.10.
Prepare computer program  based on the chosen  analytical
technique.  Use as input  reference  spectra of all  target
analytes and expected  interferants.   Reference  spectra of
additional compounds shall also be  included  in  the program

-------
                             26




if their presence (even if transient)  in the samples is




considered possible.  The program output shall be in ppm (or




ppb)  and shall be corrected for differences between the




reference path length, LR,  temperature,  TR, and pressure, PR,




and the conditions used for collecting the sample spectra.




If sampling is performed at ambient pressure, then any




pressure correction is usually small relative to corrections




for path length and temperature, and may be neglected.




8.2  Leak-check.




8.2.1  Sampling System.  A typical FTIR extractive sampling




train is shown in Figure 1.  Leak check from the probe tip




to pump outlet as follows:  Connect a 0- to 250-mL/min rate




meter  (rotameter or bubble meter) to the outlet of the pump.




Close off the inlet to the probe, and record the leak rate.




The leak rate shall be <. 200 mL/min.




8.2.2  Analytical System Leak check.  Leak check the FTIR




cell under vacuum and under pressure  (greater than ambient).




Leak check connecting tubing and inlet manifold under




pressure.




8.2.2.1  For the evacuated sample technique, close the valve




to the FTIR cell, and evacuate the absorption cell to the




minimum absolute pressure  Pmin.  Close the valve to the pump,




and determine the change in pressure APV after 2 minutes.




8.2.2.2  For both the evacuated  sample and purging




techniques, pressurize the system to about 100 mmHg above

-------
                             27




atmospheric pressure.  Isolate the pump and determine the



change in pressure APp after 2 minutes.




8.2.2.3  Measure the barometric pressure, Pc in mmHg.




8.2.2.4  Determine the percent leak volume %VL for the




signal integration time tss  and for APmax, i.e., the larger of



APV  or APP, as  follows:




                        AP
o/0VL = 50 t
                     ss
where 50 = 100% divided by the leak-check time of 2 minutes.




8.2.2.5  Leak volumes in excess of 4 percent of the FTIR




system volume Vss  are  unacceptable.




8.3  Detector Linearity.  Once an optical configuration is




chosen, use one of the procedures of sections 8.3.1 through




8.3.3 to verify that  the detector response is linear.  If




the detector response is not  linear, decrease the aperture,




or attenuate the  infrared beam.  After a change in the




instrument configuration perform a linearity check until it




is demonstrated that  the detector response is linear.




8.3.1  Vary the power incident on the detector by modifying




the- aperture setting.  Measure the background and CIS  at




three  instrument  aperture settings:  (1)  at the aperture




setting to be used in the testing,  (2) at one half  this




aperture and  (3)  at twice the proposed testing aperture.

-------
                             28




Compare the three CTS spectra.   CTS band areas shall agree




to within the uncertainty of the cylinder standard and the




RMSD noise in the system.  If test aperture is the maximum




aperture, collect CTS spectrum at maximum aperture,  then




close the aperture to reduce the IR throughput by half.




Collect a second background and CTS at the smaller aperture




setting and compare the spectra again.




8.3.2  Use neutral density filters to attenuate the infrared




beam.  Set up the FTIR system as it will be used in the test




measurements.  Collect a CTS spectrum.  Use a neutral




density filter to attenuate the infrared beam (either




immediately after the source or the interferometer)  to




approximately 1/2 its original intensity.  Collect a second




CTS spectrum.  Use another filter to attenuate the infrared




beam to approximately 1/4 its original intensity.  Collect a




third background and CTS spectrum.  Compare the CTS spectra.




CTS band areas shall agree to within the uncertainty of the




cylinder standard and the RMSD noise in the system.




8.3.3  Observe the single beam instrument response in a




frequency region where the detector response is known to be




zero.  Verify that the detector response is "flat" and equal




to zero in these regions.




8.4  Data Storage Requirements.  All  field test spectra




shall be stored on a computer disk and a second backup copy




must stored on a separate disk.  The  stored information

-------
                             29



includes sample interferograms, processed absorbance




spectra, background interferograms, CTS sample




interferograms and CTS absorbance spectra.  Additionally,




documentation of all sample conditions, instrument settings,




and test records must be recorded on hard copy or on




computer medium.  Table 1 gives a sample presentation of



documentation.




8.5  Background Spectrum.  Evacuate the gas cell to 5 5




mmHg,  and fill with dry nitrogen gas to ambient pressure (or



purge the cell with 10 volumes of dry  nitrogen).  Verify




that no significant amounts of absorbing species  (for




example water vapor and C02)  are present.   Collect a




background spectrum, using a signal averaging period equal




to or greater than the averaging period for the sample




spectra.  Assign a unique file name to the background




spectrum.  Store two copies of the background interferogram




and processed single-beam spectrum on  separate computer




disks  (one copy is the back-up).



8.5.1   Interference Spectra.   If possible, collect spectra




of known and  suspected major interferences using  the same




optical system that will be used in the field measurements.




This can be done on-site or earlier.   A number of  gases,




e.g. C02,  S02,  CO,  NH3, are readily available from  cylinder




gas suppliers.




8.5.2   Water  vapor  spectra can be  prepared by  the following

-------
                             30




procedure.  Fill a sample tube with distilled water.




Evacuate above the sample and remove dissolved gasses by




alternately freezing and thawing the water while evacuating.




Allow water vapor into the FTIR cell,  then dilute to




atmospheric pressure with nitrogen or dry air.  If




quantitative water spectra are required, follow the




reference spectrum procedure for neat samples  (protocol,




section 4.6).  Often, interference spectra need not be




quantitative, but for best results the absorbance must be




comparable to the interference absorbance in the sample




spectra.




8.6  Pre-Test Calibrations




8.6.1  Calibration Transfer Standard.  Evacuate the gas cell




to £ 5 mmHg absolute pressure, and fill the FTIR cell to




atmospheric pressure with the CTS gas.  Alternatively, purge




the cell with 10 cell volumes of CTS gas.   (If purge is




used, verify that the CTS concentration in the cell is




stable by collecting two spectra 2 minutes apart as the CTS




gas continues to flow.  If the absorbance in the second




spectrum is no greater than in the first, within the




uncertainty of the gas standard, then this can be used as




the CTS spectrum.)   Record the spectrum.




8.6.2  QA Spike.  This procedure assumes that  the method has




been validated for at least some of the target analytes at




the source.  For emissions testing perform a QA spike.  Use

-------
                             31




a certified standard, if possible, of an analyte, which has




been validated at the source.  One analyte standard can




serve as a QA surrogate for other analytes which are less




reactive or less soluble than  the standard.  Perform the




spike procedure of section 9.2 of this method.  Record



spectra of at least three independent  (section 3.22 of this



method) spiked samples.  Calculate the spiked component of



the analyte concentration.  If the average spiked




concentration is within 0.7 to 1.3 times the expected



concentration, then proceed with  the testing.  If




applicable, apply the correction  factor from the Method 301




of this appendix validation test  (not the result from the QA




spike).



8.7  Sampling.  If analyte concentrations vary rapidly with




time, continuous sampling is preferable using the smallest




cell volume,  fastest sampling  rate and fastest spectra




collection rate possible.  Continuous sampling requires the




least operator intervention even  without an automated




sampling system.  For continuous  monitoring at one  location




over long periods, Continuous  sampling is preferred.  Batch




sampling and  continuous static sampling are used for




screening and performing test  runs of  finite  duration.




Either  technique is  preferred  for sampling  several  locations




in  a matter of days.  Batch  sampling  gives  reasonably  good




time  resolution and  ensures  that  each  spectrum  measures  a

-------
                             32




discreet (and unique)  sample volume.   Continuous static (and




continuous)  sampling provide a very stable background over




long periods.  Like batch sampling, continuous static




sampling also ensures that each spectrum measures a unique




sample volume.  It is essential that the leak check




procedure under vacuum (section 8.2 of this method) is




passed if the batch sampling procedure is used.  It is




essential that the leak check procedure under positive




pressure is passed if the continuous static or continuous




sampling procedures are used.  The sampling techniques are




described in sections 8.7.1 through 8.7.2 of this method.




8.7.1  Batch Sampling.  Evacuate the absorbance cell to




^ 5 mmHg absolute pressure.  Fill the cell with exhaust gas




to ambient pressure, isolate the cell, and record the




spectrum.  Before taking the next sample, evacuate the cell




until no spectral evidence of sample absorption remains.




Repeat this procedure to collect eight spectra of separate




samples in 1 hour.




8.7.2  Continuous Static Sampling.  Purge the  ETIR cell with




10 cell volumes of sample gas.  Isolate the cell, collect




the spectrum of the static sample and record the pressure.




Before measuring the next sample, purge the cell with  10




more cell volumes of sample gas.




8.8  Sampling QA and Reporting.




8.8.1  Sample integration times shall be  sufficient to

-------
                             33




achieve the required signal-to-noise ratio.  Obtain an




absorbance spectrum by filling the cell with N2.   Measure




the RMSD in each analytical region in this absorbance




spectrum.  Verify that the number of scans used is




sufficient to achieve the target MAU.




8.8.2  Assign a unique file name to each spectrum.




8.8.3  Store two copies of sample interferograms and




processed spectra on separate computer disks.




8.8.4  For each sample spectrum, document  the sampling




conditions, the sampling time  (while the cell was being




filled), the time the spectrum was recorded, the




instrumental conditions  (path length, temperature, pressure,




resolution, signal integration time), and  the spectral file




name.  Keep a hard copy of these data sheets.




8.9  Signal Transmittance.  While sampling, monitor the




signal transmittance.  If signal transmittance  (relative to




the background) changes by 5 percent or more  (absorbance =




-.02 to  .02) in any  analytical  spectral region, obtain a new




ba-ckground spectrum.




8.10   Post-test CIS.  After  the  sampling  run,  record  another




CTS spectrum.




8.11   Post-test QA.




8.11.1  Inspect the  sample  spectra  immediately after  the  run




to verify that  the gas matrix  composition was  close to the




expected (assumed) gas matrix.

-------
                             34




8.11.2  Verify that the sampling and instrumental parameters




were appropriate for the conditions encountered.  For




example, if the moisture is much greater than anticipated,




it may be necessary to use a shorter path length or dilute




the sample.




8.11.3  Compare the pre- and post-test CIS spectra.  The




peak absorbance in pre- and pos.t-test CTS must be ± 5




percent of the mean value.  See appendix E of the FTIR




Protocol.




9.0  Quality Control.




     Use analyte spiking  (sections 8.6.2, 9.2 and 13.0 of




this method)  to verify that the sampling system can




transport the analytes from the probe to the FTIR system.




9.1  Spike Materials.  Use a certified standard  (accurate to




± 2 percent)  of the target analyte, if one can be obtained.




If a certified standard cannot be obtained, follow the




procedures in section 4.6.2.2 of the FTIR Protocol.




9.2  Spiking Procedure.  QA spiking  (section 8.6.2 of this




method) is a calibration procedure used before testing.  QA




spiking involves following the spike procedure of sections




9.2.1 through 9.2.3 of this method to obtain at  least three




spiked samples.  The analyte concentrations in the spiked




samples shall be compared to the expected spike




concentration to verify that the sampling/analytical system




is working properly.  Usually, when QA spiking  is used,  the

-------
                             35



method has already been validated at a similar source for




the analyte in question.  The QA spike demonstrates that the



validated sampling/analytical conditions are being



duplicated.  If the QA  spike fails then the




sampling/analytical system shall be repaired before testing




proceeds.  The method validation procedure  (section 13.0 of




this method) involves a more extensive use of the analyte




spike procedure of sections 9.2.1 through 9.2.3 of this.




method.  Spectra of at  least 12 independent spiked and 12



independent unspiked samples are recorded.  The




concentration results are analyzed statistically to




determine if there is a systematic bias in the method for




measuring a particular  analyte.  If there is a systematic




bias, within the limits allowed by Method 301 of this




appendix, then a correction factor shall be applied to the




analytical  results.  If the systematic bias is greater than




the allowed limits, this method is not valid and cannot be




used.



9.2.1  Introduce the spike/tracer gas  at a  constant  flow




rate of  * 10 percent of the total sample  flow, when




possible.   (Note:  Use  the  rotameter  at  the end  of  the




sampling train to  estimate  the  required  spike/tracer  gas




flow  rate.)  Use a flow device,  e.g.,  mass  flow  meter (±  2




percent),  to monitor the  spike  flow  rate.   Record  the spike




 flow rate  every  10 minutes.

-------
                             36


9.2.2  Determine the response time  (RT) of the system by


continuously collecting spectra of the spiked effluent until


the spectrum of the spiked component is constant for 5


minutes.  The RT is the interval from the first measurement


until the spike becomes constant.  Wait for twice the


duration of the RT, then collect spectra of two independent


spiked gas samples.  Duplicate analyses of the spiked


concentration shall be within 5 percent of the mean of the


two measurements.


9.2.3  Calculate the dilution ratio using the tracer gas as


follows :
              DF =   6(^                                (3)
                    SF
                    '->r
where :


     CS = DF*Spikedir + Unspike(l-DF)                      (4)
     DF   =    Dilution factor  of  the  spike  gas;  this  value


               shall be *10.


SF6(dir)     =    SF6 (or tracer gas)  concentration measured


               directly in  undiluted  spike  gas.


SF6(splt)     =    Diluted SF6  (or tracer gas) concentration


               measured in  a  spiked  sample.

-------
                              37




Spikedlr   =    Concentration of the analyte in the spike




               standard measured by filling the FTIR cell



               directly.




     cs   =    Expected concentration of the spiked samples



Unspike   =    Native concentration of analytes in unspiked



               samples
10.0  Calibration and Standardization.




10.1  Signal-to-Noise Ratio  (S/N).  The RMSD in the noise




must be less than one tenth  of the minimum analyte peak




absorbance in each analytical region.  For example if the




minimum peak absorbance is 0.01  at the required DL, then




P.MSD measured over the entire analytical region must be




<; 0.001.




10.2  Absorbance Path length.  Verify the absorbance path




length by comparing reference CTS spectra to test CTS




spectra.  See appendix E of  the  FTIR  Protocol.




10.3  Instrument Resolution.  Measure the line width of




appropriate test CTS band(s) to  verify instrument




resolution.  Alternatively,  compare CTS spectra to a




reference CTS spectrum, if available, measured at  the




nominal resolution.



10.4  Apodization Function.  In  transforming the  sample




interferograms  to absorbance spectra  use  the  same

-------
                             38

apodization function that was used in transforming the

reference spectra.

10.5  FTIR Cell Volume.  Evacuate the cell to <, 5 mmHg.

Measure the initial absolute temperature  (T,)  and absolute

pressure  (PJ.   Connect a wet test meter (or a calibrated

dry gas meter), and slowly draw room air into the cell.

Measure the meter volume  (VJ ,  meter absolute temperature

(Tm) ,  and meter absolute pressure  (Pm);  and  the  cell  final

absolute temperature  (Tf)  and absolute pressure (P5) .

Calculate the  FTIR cell volume Vss,  including  that of the

connecting tubing, as  follows:


                    v    m
                     m  T-I
             T /          /7J
                                                          (5)
                        r,
11.0  Data Analysis and Calculations.

     Analyte concentrations shall be measured  using

reference spectra from the EPA  FTIR  spectral library.   When

EPA library spectra are not available,  the  procedures  in

section 4.6 of the Protocol shall be followed  to  prepare

reference spectra of all the  target  analytes.

11.1  Spectral De-resolution.   Reference  spectra  can be

converted to lower resolution standard  spectra (section 3.3

-------
                             39
of this method) by truncating the original reference sample
and background interferograms.  Appendix K of the FTIR
Protocol gives specific deresolution procedures.  Deresolved
spectra shall be transformed  using the  same apodization
function and level of  zero  filling as the sample spectra.
Additionally, pre-test FTIR protocol calculations  (e.g.,
FRU, MAU, FCU) shall be performed using the de-resolved
standard spectra.
11.2  Data Analysis.   Various analytical programs are
available for  relating sample absorbance to a concentration
standard.  Calculated  concentrations shall be verified by
analyzing residual baselines  after mathematically
subtracting  scaled reference  spectra from the sample
spectra.  A  full description  of the data analysis and
calculations  is contained  in  the  FTIR Protocol  (sections
4.0, 5.0, 6.0  and appendices).  Correct the calculated
concentrations in the  sample  spectra for differences in
absorption path length and temperature  between  the  reference
and sample spectra using equation  6,
         COTT
                     T,
                              C
                               calc
(6)
where:
   C.orr  = Concentration,  corrected  for  path  length.
   Ccalc  = Concentration,  initial  calculation (output  of  the
           analytical  program designed for the compound).

-------
                             40




     Lr  =  Reference spectra path length.




     L,  =  Sample spectra path length.




     T3  =  Absolute temperature of the  sample gas,  K.




     Tr  =  Absolute gas temperature of  reference spectra,  K.




     Ps  =  Sample cell pressure.



     Pr  =  Reference spectrum sample pressure.




12.0  Method Performance.




12.1  Spectral Quality.  Refer to the FTIR Protocol




appendices for analytical requirements,  evaluation of data




quality, and analysis of uncertainty.




12.2  Sampling QA/QC.  The analyte spike procedure of




section 9 of this method, the QA spike of section 8.6.2 of




this method, and the validation procedure of section 13 of




this method are used to evaluate the performance of the




sampling system and to quantify sampling system effects, if




any, on the measured concentrations.  This method is self-




validating provided that the results meet the performance




requirement of the QA spike in sections 9.0 and 8.6.2 of




this method and results from a previous method validation




study support the use of this method in the application.




Several factors can contribute to uncertainty in the




measurement of spiked samples.  Factors which can be




controlled to provide better accuracy in the spiking




procedure are listed in sections  12.2.1 through 12.2.4  of




this method.

-------
                             41



12.2.1  Flow meter.  An accurate mass flow meter is accurate



to ± 1 percent of its span.  If a flow of 1 L/min is




monitored with such a MFM, which is calibrated in the range




of 0-5 L/min, the flow measurement has an uncertainty of 5




percent.  This may be improved by re-calibrating the meter



at the specific flow rate to be used.




12.2.2  Calibration gas.  Usually the calibration standard




is certified to within ±  2 percent.  With reactive analytes,




such as HC1, the certified accuracy in a commercially



available standard may be no better than ± 5 percent.




12.2.3  Temperature.  Temperature measurements of the cell




shall be quite accurate.  If practical, it is preferable to




measure sample temperature directly, by inserting a




thermocouple into the cell chamber instead of monitoring the




cell outer wall temperature.




12.2.4  Pressure.  Accuracy depends on the accuracy of the




barometer, but fluctuations in pressure throughout a day may




be as much as 2.5 percent due to weather variations.




13.0  Method Validation  Procedure.




    This validation procedure, which  is based on EPA Method




301  (40 CFR part 63, appendix A), may  be used to validate




this method  for the analytes  in  a gas  matrix.  Validation  at




one source may also apply to  another  type  of source, if it




can be  shown that  the exhaust gas  characteristics  are




similar at  both sources.

-------
                             42




13.1  Section 5.3 of Method 301 (40 CFR part 63,  appendix




A),  the Analyte Spike procedure,  is used with these




modifications.  The statistical analysis of the results




follows section 6.3 of EPA Method 301.  Section 3 of this




method defines terms that are not defined in Method 301.




13.1.1  The analyte spike is performed dynamically.  This




means the spike flow is continuous and constant as spiked




samples are measured.




13.1.2  The spike gas is introduced at the back of the




sample probe.




13.1.3  Spiked effluent is carried through all sampling




components downstream of the probe.




13.1.4  A single FTIR system (or more) may be used to




collect and analyze spectra  (not quadruplicate integrated




sampling trains).




13.1.5  All of the validation measurements are performed




sequentially in a single "run" (section 3.26 of this




method).




13.1.6  The measurements analyzed statistically are each




independent  (section 3.22 of this method).




13.1.7  A validation data set can consist of more  than 12




spiked and 12 unspiked measurements.




13.2  Batch Sampling.  The procedure  in sections  13.2.1




through 13.2.2 may be used for stable processes.   If process




emissions are highly variable, the procedure in section

-------
                             43



13.2.3 shall be used.




13.2.1  With a single FTIR instrument and sampling system,




begin by collecting spectra of two unspiked samples.




Introduce the spike flow into the sampling system and allow




10 cell volumes to purge the sampling system and FTIR cell.



Collect spectra of two spiked samples.  Turn off the spike




and allow 10 cell volumes of unspiked sample to purge the




FTIR cell.  Repeat this procedure until the 24  (or more)




samples are collected.




13.2.2  In batch sampling, collect spectra of 24 distinct




samples.  (Each distinct sample consists of filling the cell




to ambient pressure after the cell has been evacuated.)




13.2.3  Alternatively, a separate probe assembly, line,  and




sample pump can be used for spiked sample.  Verify and




document that sampling conditions are the same  in both the




spiked and the unspiked sampling systems.  This can be done




by wrapping both sample lines in the  same heated bundle.




Keep the same flow rate in both sample lines.   Measure




samples in sequence in pairs.  After  two spiked samples are




measured, evacuate the FTIR cell, and turn the  manifold




.valve so that spiked  sample flows to  the FTIR cell.  Allow




the connecting line from the manifold to the FTIR cell to




purge thoroughly  (the time depends on the line  length and




flow rate).  Collect  a pair of spiked samples.   Repeat the




procedure until at least 24 measurements are completed.

-------
                             44




13.3  Simultaneous Measurements With Two FTIR Systems.   If




unspiked effluent concentrations of the target analyte(s)




vary significantly with time, it may be desirable to perform




synchronized measurements of spiked and unspiked sample.




Use two FTIR systems, each with its own cell and sampling




system to perform simultaneous spiked and unspiked




measurements.  The optical configurations shall be similar,




if possible.  The sampling configurations shall be the same.




One sampling system and FTIR analyzer shall be used to




measure spiked effluent.  The other sampling system and FTIR




analyzer shall be used to measure unspiked flue gas.  Both




systems shall use the same sampling procedure  (i.e., batch




or continuous).




13.3.1  If batch sampling is used, synchronize the cell




evacuation, cell filling, and collection of spectra.  Fill




both cells at the same rate  (in cell volumes per unit time).




13.3.2  If continuous sampling is used, adjust the sample




flow through each gas cell so that the same number of cell




volumes pass through each cell in a given time  (i.e. TC; =




TC2) .




13.4  Statistical Treatment.  The statistical  procedure of




EPA Method 301 of this appendix,  section 6.3 is used to




evaluate the bias and precision.  For FTIR testing a




validation "run" is  defined  as spectra of 24 independent




samples, 12 of which are spiked with the analyte(s) and 12

-------
                             45
of which are not spiked.
13.4.1  Bias.  Determine the bias  (defined by EPA Method 301
of this appendix, section 6.3.2) using equation 7:
               B = Sm - CS                                (7)
where:
       B =    Bias  at  spike  level.
      Sm =    Mean  concentration of the  analyte  spiked
             samples.
     CS =    Expected concentration of  the  spiked  samples.
13.4.2  Correction Factor.  Use section 6.3.2.2 of Method
301 of this appendix  to evaluate  the statistical
significance of the bias.  If  it  is determined that the bias
is significant, then  use section  6.3.3 of Method 301 to
calculate a correction factor  (CF).  Analytical results of
the test method are multiplied by  the correction factor,  if
0.7 i CF s 1.3.  If is determined  that the bias is
significant and CF >  ± 30 percent, then the test method is
considered to "not valid."
13.4.3  If measurements do not pass validation, evaluate the
sampling system, instrument configuration, and analytical
system to determine if improper set-up or a malfunction was
the cause.  If so, repair the  system and repeat the
validation.

-------
                             46




14.0  Pollution Prevention.




    The extracted sample gas is vented outside the




enclosure containing the FTIR system and gas manifold after




the analysis.  In typical method applications the vented




sample volume is a small fraction of the source volumetric




flow and its composition is identical to that emitted from




the source.  When analyte spiking is used,  spiked pollutants




are vented with the extracted sample gas.  Approximately 1.6




x 10'4 to 3.2 x 10'"  Ibs  of a  single  HAP may  be  vented  to  the




atmosphere in a typical validation run of 3 hours.   (This




assumes a molar mass of 50 to 100 g, spike rate of 1.0




L/min, and a standard concentration of 100 ppm).   Minimize




emissions by keeping the spike flow off when not in use.




15.0  Waste Management.




    Small volumes of laboratory gas standards  can be  vented




through a laboratory hood.  Neat samples must be packed and




disposed according to applicable regulations.  Surplus




materials may be returned to supplier for disposal.




16.0  References.




1.  "Field Validation Test Using Fourier Transform Infrared




(FTIR) Spectrometry To Measure Formaldehyde, Phenol and




Methanol at a Wool Fiberglass Production Facility."   Draft.




U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Report, EPA Contract




No. 68D20163, Work Assignment 1-32, September  1994.




2.  "FTIR Method Validation  at a Coal-Fired Boiler".

-------
                             47




Prepared for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research




Triangle Park, NC.  Publication No.: EPA-454/R95-004,  NTIS



No.: PB95-193199.  July, 1993.




3.  "Method 301 - Field Validation of Pollutant Measurement




Methods from Various Waste Media," 40 CFI part 63, appendix




A.




4.  "Molecular Vibrations; The Theory of Infrared and Raman




Vibrational Spectra," E. Bright Wilson, J. C. Decius,  and P.




C. Cross, Dover Publications,  Inc.,  1980.  For a  less




intensive treatment of molecular  rotational-vibrational




spectra see,  for  example,  "Physical  Chemistry," G. M.




Barrow, chapters  12, 13, and  14,  McGraw Hill, Inc., 1979.




5.  "Fourier  Transform  Infrared Spectrometry,"  Peter R.




Griffiths and James de Haseth, Chemical Analysis, 83,  16-




25, (1986),  P. J. Elving,  J.  D. Winefordner  and I. M.




Kolthoff  (ed.), John Wiley and Sons.



6.  "Computer-Assisted  Quantitative  Infrared Spectroscopy,"




Gregory L. McClure  (ed.),  ASTM Special Publication 934




(ASTM), 1987.



7.  "Multivariate Least-Squares Methods Applied to the




Quantitative  Spectral Analysis of Multicomponent  Mixtures,"




Applied Spectroscopy, 39(10),  73-84,  1985.

-------
                                              48
Table  I.   EXAMPLE PRESENTATION  OF SAMPLING DOCUMENTATION.
Sup I* TlM

S»*ctraa MU ••••

•*ck«r*w4 Fllo MM.

Suple c*a4lt !•>!•(

Pr*c0sa co*dltlaa

 Suf Ic flm*
                    File
                                                          Scm
CTS Spec t ma

-------
      Piotwtt
              Pro** Box
To  [iSi^
««*le=s»f
 Slack
VanlfZ

V»m *i
     Balston
      F»«f
                                                  49
                                     Sanpl.Ga.D.H^Htan-old
                         Sairpl* Lin* »2
                                       'Q1
' ~^~ * S«mpl« Line #1
Spiks Lino
Qf| v"
Pump »i
                                                                 Toggle
                                                                 VWv.
                                                                              Calibration Gas Line
                                                                          Mace Flow Calfcralion Gas Manifold
                                                                           Meier  I               i

                                                                        r-H® '  !A
                                                                              i
                                                                                    To Calibration
                                                                                    Gas Cyiindorj
Figure  1.    Extractive  FTIR  sampling system.

-------
                                    50
     .4-
     0
          FRU = SRMS(FU-FL)/BAV

          SRMS = .00147
          BAV = 3.662
          FM = FRU = .086
                          p-xylene
         1050
1000
950       900

     Wavenumbers
 i
850
800
750
Figure 2.   Fractional  Reproducibility.  Top:  average  of cts!031a and
ctsllOlb.   Bottom:  Reference spectrum of p-xylene.

-------
                                                           Page 1
      PROTOCOL FOR THE USB OP EXTRACTIVE FOURIER TRANSFORM
     INFRARED (FTIR)  SPECTROMETRY FOR THE ANALYSES  OF  GASEOUS
                EMISSIONS FROM STATIONARY SOURCES
INTRODUCTION
    The  purpose of  this document  is  to set  general  guidelines
for the use of modern FTIR spectroscopic methods for the analysis
of gas samples extracted from the effluent of stationary emission
sources.   This document  outlines techniques  for  developing and
evaluating such methods and sets basic requirements for reporting
and quality assurance procedures.


1.0  NOMENCLATURE

    1.1   Appendix A  lists  definitions of the  symbols  and terms
used  in this  Protocol,  many of  which have been  taken directly
from   American  Society   for   Testing   and   Materials    (ASTM)
publication   E  131-90a,   entitled   "Terminology   Relating  to
Molecular Spectroscopy."

    1.2    Except   in  the  case  of  background  spectra  or where
otherwise  noted,   the  term  "spectrum" refers  to  a  double-beam
spectrum in units  of absorbance vs. wavenumber  (cm"1).

    1.3    The term  "Study"   in  this  document  refers  to  a
publication that has been subjected to EPA- or peer-review.


2.0  APPLICABILITY AND ANALYTICAL PRINCIPLE

    2.1     Applicability.     This   Protocol   applies   to  the
determination  of compound-specific  concentrations  in single- and
multiple-component gas phase samples using double-beam absorption
spectroscopy  in the mid-infrared band.  It does not specifically
address   other    FTIR   applications,   such   as   single-beam
spectroscopy,  analysis of open-path  (non-enclosed)  samples,  and
continuous measurement techniques.    If  multiple   spectrometers,
absorption cells,  or  instrumental  linewidths  are used  in such
analyses, each distinct operational configuration  of  the  system
must be evaluated  separately according to this  Protocol.

    2.2  Analytical Principle.

    2.2.1    In the  mid-infrared band,  most  molecules   exhibit
characteristic gas phase absorption spectra that may be recorded
by  FTIR  systems.    Such systems consist  of   a  source  of mid-
infrared radiation, an  interferometer, an enclosed  sample  cell of
known   absorption  pathlength,   an  infrared   detector,   optical
elements   for  the   transfer   of   infrared  radiation   between
components,  and  gas  flow  control  and  measurement components.
Adjunct  and  integral  computer  systems are  used for controlling

-------
SPA PTIR Protocol                                             Page 2
the  instrument,  processing the  signal,  and  for  performing both
Fourier transforms and quantitative analyses of spectral data.

     2.2.2   The absorption spectra of pure  gases  and of mixtures
of gases are described by a  linear absorbance theory referred to
as  Beer's  Law.    Using  this  law,  modern  FTIR  systems  use
computerized   analytical   programs  to   quantify  compounds  by
comparing the absorption spectra of known (reference) gas samples
to  the absorption  spectrum  of  the sample  gas.    Some standard
mathematical techniques used  for comparisons are classical least
squares,   inverse  least   squares,  cross- correlation,    factor
analysis,  and  partial  least  squares.    Reference A  describes
several  of  these techniques,  as well as additional techniques,
such as differentiation methods, linear baseline  corrections, and
non- linear absorbance corrections.
3.0  GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF PROTOCOL REQUIREMENTS

    The  characteristics that  distinguish FTIR  systems  from gas
analyzers  used  in  instrumental  gas  analysis  methods   (e.g.,
EPA Methods  6C  and  7E)  are:   (1)  Computers  are  necessary to
obtain and  analyze  data;   (2)  chemical   concentrations  can be
quantified using previously  recorded infrared reference spectra;
and  (3)  analytical  assumptions  and  results,  including possible
effects  of  interfering compounds,  can  be  evaluated  after the
quantitative  analysis.   The  following  general  principles and
requirements of this Protocol  are based on these characteristics.

    3.1   Veriflability and Reproducibility  of Results.    Store
all  data and  document  data  analysis  techniques  sufficient to
allow  an independent  agent  to  reproduce  the analytical  results
from the raw interferometric data.

    3.2   Transfer  of Reference  Spectra.  To  determine  whether
reference  spectra  recorded  under one  set of  conditions  (e.g.,
optical  bench,  instrumental  linewidth,   absorption pathlength,
detector performance,  pressure,  and  temperature)  can be  used to
analyze  sample spectra taken under a  different  set  of conditions,
quantitatively compare "calibration transfer  standards"  (CTS) and
reference spectra as described in this Protocol.   (Note;  The CTS
may,  but need  not,   include  analytes  of interest) .   To  effect
this,  record the absorption  spectra of  the  CTS  (a) immediately
before  and  immediately after  recording reference  spectra and
(b) immediately after  recording  sample  spectra.

    3.3    Evaluation  of  FTIR   Analyses.    The   applicability,
accuracy, and  precision of  FTIR measurements are influenced by  a
number  of  interrelated  factors, which may be  divided into two
classes: .

    3.3.1    Sample-Independent  Factors.    Examples  are  system
configuration  and  performance  (e.g.,  detector  sensitivity and
infrared source  output), quality  and applicability  of  reference

-------
EPA FTIR Protocol
absorption  spectra,   and  type  of mathematical  analyses of  the
spectra.   These  factors  define  the fundamental  limitations  of
FTIR  measurements  for  a  given  system  configuration.    These
limitations  may  be   estimated  from  evaluations  of  the  system
before  samples  are available.  For  example,  the detection  limit
for the absorbing  compound under  a given set of conditions may be
estimated  from  the  system  noise level  and the  strength  of  a
particular   absorption  band.     Similarly,  the   accuracy   of
measurements may  be  estimated from the analysis  of the reference
spectra.

    3.3.2    Sample -Dependent  Factors.    Examples  are  spectral
interferants  (e.g.,   water  vapor and  C02)  or  the  overlap  of
spectral  features  of  different  compounds  and  contamination
deposits  on reflective surfaces  or  transmitting  windows.    To
maximize the effectiveness of the mathematical techniques used in
spectral  analysis,  identification  of  interferants  (a  standard
initial step) and analysis of samples  (includes effects of other
analytical  errors) are necessary.   Thus,  the  Protocol  requires
post -analysis    calculation    of    measurement   concentration
uncertainties  for the detection of  these  potential  sources  of
measurement error.
4.0  PUB-TEST PREPARATIONS AND  EVALUATIONS

    Before   testing,   demonstrate   the   suitability   of   FTIR
spectrometry  for  the  desired  application  according  to  the
procedures of this  section.

    4.1  Identify  Test  Requirements.    Identify and  record the
test requirements described  below in 4.1.1 through 4.1.5.  These
values  set  the  desired or  required   goals   of  the  proposed
analysis;  the  description  of  methods  for  determining whether
these  goals  are  actually met  during  the analysis comprises the
majority of this  Protocol.

    4.1.1    Analytes  (specific  chemical  species)  of  interest.
Label  the analytes  from  i -  1 to  I.

    4,1.2   Analytical uncertainty limit  (AU^ .   The AU._ is the
maximum  permissible  fractional uncertainty of  analysis for the
i^" analyte concentration, expressed as  a fraction of the analyte
concentration in  the sample.

    4.1.3   Required detection  limit  for  each  analyte (DL,,  ppm).
The detection limit is the lowest concentration of an analyte for
which  its overall fractional uncertainty (OFlM  is required  to  be
less than its analytical uncertainty limit (Au_J .

    4.1.4     Maximum  expected  concentration  of  each  analyte
     i, ppm) .

-------
SPA PTIR Protocol                                             Page 4
         "
    4.2    Identify  Potential  Interferants.    Considering  the
chemistry of the process or results of previous Studies, identify
potential interferants, i.e., the major effluent constituents and
any relatively minor  effluent  constituents that  possess  either
strong   absorption    characteristics    or   strong   structural
similarities to  any analyte of  interest.   Label  them 1 through
NJ, where  the  subscript "j" pertains  to potential interferants.
Estimate the  concentrations of  these  compounds in  the effluent
(CPOTj, ppm) .

    4.3   Select and  Evaluate  the Sampling System.   Considering
the  source,  e.g.,  temperature and  pressure  profiles,  moisture
content, analyte characteristics, and particulate concentration),
select the equipment for extracting gas samples.  Recommended are
a   particulate  filter,   heating  system  to  maintain  sample
temperature above  the dew  point  for all  sample  constituents at
all points within the  sampling system  (including the filter) , and
sample   conditioning   system   (e.g.,   coolers,  water -permeable
membranes  that  remove water or other  compounds from the sample,
and  dilution  devices) to remove  spectral  interferants   or to
protect  the  sampling  and  analytical components.   Determine the
minimum  absolute sample  system  pressure  (Pmin»  mmHg) and  the
infrared  absorption   cell  volume   (VSS'  liter) .    Select  the
techniques  and/or  equipment   for  the  measurement  of  sample
pressures and temperatures.

    4.4    Select  Spectroscopic System.    Select  a spectroscopic
configuration  for  the  application.   Approximate  the absorption
pathlength  (Lg' ,  meter),  sample  pressure (Pg',  kPa) ,  absolute
sample  temperature  TS' ,   and  signal   integration period  (tss,
seconds)   for   the   analysis.      Specify  the  nominal  minimum
instrumental  linewidth  (MIL)  of  the  system.   Verify  that  the
fractional error  at the approximate values Pg' and  Tg'  is less
than one half the smallest value  AUj_  (see  Section 4.1.2).

    4.5   Select Calibration Transfer  Standards (CTS's).   Select
CTS's that meet the criteria listed  in Sections 4.5.1, 4.5.2, and
4.5.3.

    Note;   It  may be  necessary  to choose preliminary analytical
    regions  (see  Section  4.7),  identify  the minimum  analyte
    linewidths,   or   estimate   the  system   noise   level   (see
    Section 4.12)  before  selecting  the  CTS.    More than  one
    compound may be needed  to meet the  criteria;  if so,  obtain
    separate cylinders for each  compound.

    4.5.1   The  central wavenumber  position  of  each  analytical
region  lies  within 25  percent of the wavenumber  position of at
least one CTS absorption band.

    4.5.2      The   absorption  bands   in  4.5.1   exhibit   peak
absorbances  greater   than  ten  times  the   value  RMSEgT   (see
Sectioh 4.12) but less than  1.5 absorbance units.

-------
BPA PTIR Protocol                                             D__
      IA iaQg                   _                          rage 5
    4.5.3   At  least one absorption CTS band within the operating
range  of   the  FTIR  instrument  has  an  instrument -independent
unewidth no greater  than the narrowest analyte absorption band;
perform  and document measurements  or cite  Studies  to determine
analyte and CTS compound  linewidths.

    4.5.4   For  each  analytical  region,  specify  the  upper  and
lower  wavenumber positions   (FFU_  and FFL^,  respectively)  that
bracket  the CTS  absorption  band  or bands  for  the  associated
analytical  region.    Specify the wavenumber range,  FNU  to FNL,
containing  the  absorption  band  that  meets   the criterion  of
Section 4.5.3.

    4.5.5   Associate,  whenever possible,  a single set of CTS gas
cylinders with a set of  reference  spectra.   Replacement CTS gas
cylinders   shall  contain  the same  compounds  at  concentrations
within  5 percent   of  that  of  the  original CTS  cylinders;  the
entire absorption  spectra  (not individual  spectral  segments)  of
the replacement  gas shall be scaled by a factor between 0.95 and
1.05 to match  the original CTS spectra.

    4.6  Prepare Reference Spectra.
           Reference  spectra are  available  in a  permanent soft
    copy  from  the  EPA spectral  library on  the  EMTIC  (Emission
    Measurement Technical  Information  Center)  computer bulletin
    board;  they may be used if  applicable.

    4.6.1    Select  the  reference absorption pathlength (LR)  of
the cell.

    4.6.2    Obtain  or  prepare  a  set  of  chemical  standards for
each analyte, potential and known spectral interferants, and CTS.
Select the  concentrations of the  chemical  standards  to  correspond
to the top  of the desired range.

    4.6.2.1  Commercially -Prepared Chemical Standards.  Chemical
standards  for  many compounds  may be  obtained from  independent
sources, such as a specialty gas  manufacturer, chemical company,
or  commercial   laboratory.   These  standards  (accurate to  within
±2 percent)  shall be  prepared  according to  EPA  Protocol   1  (see
Reference  D) or  shall be  traceable  to NIST  standards.   Obtain
from  the supplier  an  estimate of the  stability  of the analyte
concentration;    obtain    and    follow   all   the    supplier's
recommendations for recertifying  the  analyte  concentration.

    4.6.2.2     Self -Prepared  Chemical   Standards.    Chemical
standards   may   be  prepared   as  follows:     Dilute .  certified
commercially prepared chemical  gases  or pure  analytes with  ultra-
pure  carrier (UPC)  grade  nitrogen according  to the barometric and
volumetric   techniques   generally  described  in   Reference   A,
Section A4.6.

-------
SPA PTIR Protocol                                             Page 6
Ingii.f- 14 IQQfi     	.	

    4.6.3   Record  a set  of  the absorption  spectra of  the CTS
{Rl},  then  a  set   of  the  reference  spectra  at  two  or  more
concentrations  in  duplicate over the  desired range  (the top of
the  range  must be  less  than  10  times  that  of  the bottom) ,
followed by a second set  of CTS spectra {R2}.   (If self-prepared
standards are used,  see  Section 4.6.5  before  disposing of any of
the  standards.)   The maximum accepted  standard concentration-
pathlength product  (ASCPP) for each compound  shall be higher than
the maximum estimated concentration-pathlength products for both
analytes and  known  interferants in  the effluent  gas.   For each
analyte, the minimum ASCPP shall be no greater than ten times the
concentration-pathlength product of  that  analyte at its required
detection limit.

    4.6.4   Permanently  store  the background and interferograms
in digitized  form.   Document  details of the mathematical process
for generating  the spectra from these interferograms.   Record the
sample   pressure   (PR),   sample  temperature   (TR),   reference
absorption pathlength  (LR),  and interferogram signal integration
period  (tSR).   Signal  integration periods  for  the   background
interferograms  shall be *tSR.   Values  of PR, LR,  and tgR shall
not deviate  by  more  than  ±1  percent from the  time of recording
{Rl} to that of  recording  {R2}.

    4.6.5   If  self-prepared chemical  standards  are employed and
spectra of  only two concentrations are recorded for one or more
compounds,  verify  the  accuracy of  the  dilution  technique  by
analyzing  the  prepared  standards  for  those  compounds  with  a
secondary  (non-FTIR) technique as follows:

    4.6.5.1   Record  the  response  of the  secondary technique to
each of the four standards prepared.

    4.6.5.2   Perform a linear  regression of  the  response values
(dependant  variable) versus the accepted standard  concentration
(ASC)   values   (independent   variable),   with   the   regression
constrained to  pass  through the  zero-response, zero ASC point.

    4.6.5.3   Calculate the average fractional difference between
the  actual response values and the  regression-predicted values
(those  calculated from  the regression line  using  the four ASC
values  as the independent  variable).

    4.6.5.4      If   the  average   fractional  difference  value
calculated in Section  4.6.5.3  is larger for any  compound  than the
corresponding  AU^,   the  dilution  technique   is  not sufficiently
accurate and  the reference spectra prepared are  not  valid for the
analysis.

     4.7    Select   Analytical  Regions.      Using  the  general
considerations   in  Section 7  of  Reference   A and  the  spectral
characteristics of  the  analytes  and  interferants,  select the
analytical  regions  for the application.   Label  them m = 1  to  M.
Specify the  lower,  center and upper wavenumber  positions of  each

-------
BPA FTIR Protocol
analytical region  (FI^,  FC^, and  FUm/  respectively) .  Specify the
analytes  and  interferanta  which   exhibit  absorption  in  each
region .

TT •  4*8    Determine   Fractional  Reproducibility  Uncertainties.
Using  Appendix   E,   calculate  the   fractional  reproducibility
uncertainty for each analyte  (FRU^  from a comparison of {Rl} and
IK^J.   lf_ FRU-L  > AUi  for any  analyte,  the  reference spectra
generated in Section 4.6 are not  valid for the application.

    4.9     Identify  Known  Interferants.     Using  Appendix  B,
determine   which   potential   interferant   affects   the  analyte
concentration determinations.   If it does,  relabel the  potential
interferant as "known"  interferant,  and designate these  compounds
from  k  -  1   to   K.     Appendix  B  also provides   criteria  for
determining whether the selected  analytical regions are  suitable.

    4.10  Prepare Computerized Analytical Programs.

    4.10.1    Choose   or  devise  mathematical   techniques   (e.g,
classical   least   squares,   inverse   least   squares,  cross-
correlation,  and  factor  analysis)  based  on  Equation  4  of
Reference A that  are  appropriate for analyzing spectral data by
comparison with reference  spectra.

    4.10.2   Following the general  recommendations of  Reference
A,  prepare  a computer program or set  of  programs that analyzes
all  the  analytes  and  known interferants,  based on the selected
analytical  regions  (4.7)  and  the  prepared  reference spectra
(4.6).     Specify  the  baseline  correction   technique   (e.g.,
determining  the   slope  and  intercept  of  a  linear  baseline
contribution  in   each   analytical  region)   for  each  analytical
region, including all  relevant wavenumber positions.

    4.10.3     Use  programs   that  provide  as  output   [at  the
reference  absorption pathlength  (LR) ,  reference gas  temperature
(TR) ,   and   reference   gas   pressure   (PR) ]   the   analyte
concentrations,  the  known  interferant concentrations,  and the
baseline  slope and intercept  values.   If  the  sample absorption
pathlength  (Ls) ,  sample  gas  temperature  (Ts)  or  sample  gas
pressure  (Ps)  during  the  actual  sample analyses differ from LR,
Tp,  and  P«,   use a  program  or  set  of  programs  that applies
multiplicative  corrections  to  the  derived  concentrations  to
account  for these variations, and  that provides  as output both
the corrected  and uncorrected values.   Include in the  report of
the analysis  (see Section 7.0) the  details  of any transformations
applied    to    the     original    reference    spectra    (e.g.,
differentiation) ,  in such  a  fashion that all  analytical  results
may  be  verified  by  an  independent  agent  from  the  reference
spectra and data  spectra alone.

     4.11    Determine   the  Fractional  Calibration  Uncertainty.
Calculate the  fractional calibration uncertainty for each analyte
 (FCI^)  according   to Appendix  F,  and compare these values  to  the

-------
BPA PTIR Protocol                                             Page 8
fractional  uncertainty   limits   (AUj_;   see  Section 4.1).    If
FCUi > AUj_) ,  either  the  reference  spectra or analytical programs
for that analyte are unsuitable.

    4.12    Verify  System  Configuration  Suitability.      Using
Appendix  C,   measure  or obtain  estimates  of  the  noise level
(RMSEST, absorbance) of  the FTIR system; alternatively, construct
the complete  spectrometer system and determine  the values RMSgm
using Appendix  G.   Estimate  the minimum measurement uncertainty
for each  analyte  (MAUj,  ppm)  and  known  interferant (MIUj./ ppm)
using Appendix D.  Verify that  (a)  MAUj_ <  (AUj_) (DL.) , FRU£  < AUif
and FCU^_ < AUj_ for each  analyte and that  (b) the CTS  chosen meets
the requirements listed  in Section 4.5.


5.0  SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PROCEDURE

    5.1   Analysis System Assembly and Leak-Test.   Assemble the
analysis system.  Allow  sufficient time for all system components
to reach  the  desired temperature.   Then determine the leak- rate
(LR)  and leak volume  (VL) , where VL - LR tgg.  Leak volumes shall
be s4 percent of Vsg.

    5.2    Verify Instrumental  Performance.   Measure  the noise
level of the system in each analytical region using  the procedure
of Appendix G.   If  any noise level is higher than that estimated
for  the  system  in Section  4.12,  repeat  the   calculations  of
Appendix D and  verify that the requirements  of  Section 4.12 are
met;  if they  are not,  adjust or repair the instrument and  repeat
this section.

    5.3   Determine  the  Sample Absorption  Pathlength.   Record a
background spectrum.   Then,  fill  the  absorption cell with  CTS at
the pressure  Pp  and record  a set  of CTS spectra {R3}.  Store the
background  ana  unsealed CTS  single  beam   interferograms  and
spectra.   Using  Appendix  H,  calculate  the sample absorption
pathlength (Lo)  for each analytical region.  The values Lg shall
not  differ  from  the  approximated  sample  pathlength  Ls'  (see
Section 4.4)  by more than 5 percent.

    5.4   Record Sample Spectrum.   Connect the sample line  to the
source.    Either evacuate  the absorption cell  to  an absolute
pressure  below  5  mmHg  before  extracting  a  sample  from  the
effluent  stream into the absorption  cell, or pump at least ten
cell  volumes  of  sample through  the  cell  before  obtaining   a
sample.  Record the sample  pressure PS .  Generate  the absorbance
spectrum of  the sample.  Store the background and  sample  single
beam  interferograms,  and  document  the  process  by which  the
absorbance spectra  are generated from these data.   (If necessary,
apply  the  spectral transformations developed in Section  5.6.2).
The resulting sample spectrum is referred  to  below as Sg.

-------
EPA PTIR Protocol
                                                           Page
    N££e_:   Multiple sample spectra may  be recorded according to
    the procedures  of  Section 5.4 before performing Sections 5.5
    and 5.6.

    5.5     Quantify  Analyte   Concentrations.     Calculate  the
unsealed analyte  concentrations  RUA.,  and unsealed  interferant
concentrations  RUI~ using  the  programs developed  in  Section 4.
To correct  for pathlength  and  pressure variations between the
reference  and  sample  spectra,  calculate  the  scaling  factor
RLPS " (LRPRTS)/(LSPSTR) •     Calculate  the  final  analyte  and
interferant concentrations  RSA-j^  =. R^gRUAi and RSIk = RLPSRUI]C-
    5.6   Determine  Fractional Analysis  Uncertainty.    Fill the
absorption cell with CTS at  the pressure  Pg.  Record a set of CTS
spectra   {R4}.     Store  the  background  and  CTS  single  beam
interf erograms .    Using  Appendix  H,   calculate   the  fractional
analysis  uncertainty   (FAU)  for  each analytical region.   If the
FAU  indicated  for any analytical  region  is  larger  than the
required  accuracy requirements  determined in  Section  4.1,  then
comparisons  to  previously  recorded reference spectra are invalid
in that  analytical region,  and the  analyst  shall  perform one or
both of the  following  procedures:

    5.6.1   Perform instrumental checks and adjust the instrument
to restore  its  performance to acceptable levels.   If adjustments
are made, repeat  Sections  5.3,  5.4  (except for  the recording of a
sample   spectrum),   and   5.5   to  demonstrate  that  acceptable
uncertainties are obtained in  all analytical regions.

    5.6.2   Apply appropriate mathematical transformations  (e.g.,
frequency shifting,  zero- filling,  apodization,  smoothing) to the
spectra  (or to  the  interf erograms  upon  which the  spectra are
based)  generated  during  the  performance of   the  procedures  of
Section   5.3.      Document   these  transformations   and   their
reproducibility.    Do   not apply  multiplicative  scaling  of the
spectra,  or any  set   of   transformations  that  is mathematically
equivalent  to  multiplicative scaling.   Different  transformations
may be applied  to different  analytical  regions.  Frequency shifts
shall   be   smaller   than    one- half   the  minimum  instrumental
linewidth, and  must be applied to all  spectral data points  in an
analytical   region.    The  mathematical  transformations may  be
retained  for  the  analysis  if  they   are  also  applied  to the
appropriate  analytical  regions  of  all sample spectra  recorded,
and if  all  original sample  spectra  are digitally  stored.  Repeat
Sections  5.3,  5.4  (except the recording  of  a sample  spectrum),
and  5.5  to demonstrate   that  these   transformations   lead  to
acceptable   calculated   concentration  uncertainties   in  all
analytical  regions.


6.0  POST -ANALYSIS EVALUATIONS

    Estimate the  overall  accuracy  of  the analyses performed  in
Section 5 as follows:

-------
SPA PTIR protocol                                             Page 10
    6.1  Qualitatively Confirm the Assumed Matrix.  Examine  each
analytical region of the sample spectrum  for spectral  evidence of
unexpected or unidentified  interferants.   If found, identify the
interfering compounds  (see Reference C for guidance) and add  them
to  the list  of known  interferants.    Repeat  the  procedures of
Section  4  to   include  the  interferants  in  the   uncertainty
calculations  and analysis procedures.   Verify  that  the  MAU and
FCU  values do   not  increase  beyond  acceptable levels  for  the
application    requirements.        Re -calculate     the   analyte
concentrations  (Section 5.5)  in the affected analytical regions.

    6.2    Quantitatively Evaluate  Fractional Model   Uncertainty
(FMU) .  Perform  the procedures of either  Section 6.2.1 or 6.2.2:

    6.2.1    Using  Appendix  I,  determine  the  fractional  model
error  (FMU) for  each analyte.

    6.2.2    Provide statistically  determined  uncertainties  FMU
for each analyte which are equivalent to two standard deviations
at  the 95% confidence  level.   Such determinations, if employed,
must  be  based  on  mathematical  examinations  of  the pertinent
sample spectra  (not the reference spectra alone) .   Include  in the
report  of  the analysis  (see  Section  7.0) a complete  description
of  the determination of the  concentration uncertainties.

    6.3     Estimate  Overall  Concentration  Uncertainty   (OCU) .
Using Appendix J, determine  the overall concentration  uncertainty
(OCU)  for  each analyte.  If  the  OCU  is larger  than the required
accuracy for any analyte, repeat  Sections 4  and  6.


7.0  REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

[Documentation  pertaining  to  virtually  all  the  procedures of
Sections  4,   5,  and  6  will be  required.   Software copies of
reference  spectra and  sample spectra will  be  retained for  some
minimum time following the actual  testing.]

-------
KPA FTIR Protocol                                            Paae 11
     -
8.0 REFERENCES

A)  Standard   Practices  for   General   Techniques  of  Infrared
    Quantitative   Analysis   (American  Society  for  Testing  and
    Materials,  Designation  E 168-88) .

B)  The   Coblentz  Society   Specifications   for  Evaluation  of
    Research   Quality  Analytical   Infrared  Reference  Spectra
     (Class   II);   Anal.   Chemistry   4J7,   945A  (1975);   Appl.
    Spectroacopy 444.  pp.  211-215,  1990.

C)  Standard  Practices  for  General  Techniques  for  Qualitative
    Infrared    Analysis,   American   Society  for   Testing  and
    Materials,  Designation B 1252-88.

D)   "Traceability Protocol  for Establishing  True  Concentrations
    of  Gases   Used  for  Calibration  and  Audits  of   Continuous
    Emissions  Monitors  (Protocol  Number 1)," June  1978, Quality
    Assurance   Handbook for  Air  Pollution  Measurement  Systems,
    Volume  III,  Stationary  Source  Specific  Methods,  EPA- 600/4-
     77-027b, August 1977.

-------
EPA PTIR Protocol                                             Paqe 12
li.g,..* 1A IQQfi	 3

                            APPENDIX A

                 DEFINITIONS OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS


A.I  Definitions of Terma

absorption band -  a  contiguous wavenumber region  of a spectrum
     (equivalently,  a  contiguous set  of  absorbance spectrum data
    points) in  which  the absorbance  passes  through a maximum or
    a  series of  maxima.

absorption  pathlength  -  in  a spectrophotometer,  the distance,
    measured  in the  direction of  propagation  of  the beam  of
    radiant energy, between the surface of the specimen on which
    the radiant  energy  is  incident  and  the  surface   of  the
    specimen from which  it  is  emergent.

analytical region - a contiguous wavenumber region  (equivalently,
    a  contiguous set  of absorbance spectrum data points)  used in
    the quantitative  analysis  for  one or more  analyte.

    Note:  The  quantitative  result for  a single  analyte  may be
    based on data from more than one  analytical region.

apodization - modification  of  the  IL3 function by multiplying the

    interferogram by  a weighing function whose magnitude varies
    with retardation.

background spectrum -  the single beam spectrum obtained with all
    system components without  sample  present.

baseline - any  line drawn on an absorption spectrum  to establish
    a  reference point that  represents a function of the  radiant
    power incident on a  sample at  a given wavelength.

Beers' a law - the direct  proportionality of the absorbance of a
    compound in a homogeneous  sample to its  concentration.

calibration transfer  standard  (CTS)  gas   - a gas  standard  of a
    compound   used   to   achieve   and/or  demonstrate  suitable
    quantitative  agreement   between  sample   spectra  and  the
    reference spectra;  see  Section 4.5.1.

compound   -  a  substance  possessing a distinct,  unique molecular
    structure.

concentration  (c) - the  quantity of a compound contained  in a
    unit  quantity of sample.   The  unit "ppm"  (number, or mole,
    basis)  is  recommended.

concentration-pathlength product  -  the  mathematical product  of
     concentration  of  the species  and absorption  pathlength.   For

-------
EPA PTIR Protocol
    reference  spectra,  this  is  a  known  quantity;   for  sample
    spectra,  it  is the quantity  directly  determined  from Beer's
    law.     The   units  "centimeters-ppm"   or  "meters -ppm"  are
    recommended .

derivative  absorption spectrum  - a  plot  of  rate of  change  of
    absorbance or of any function of  absorbance  with respect  to
    wavelength or any function of wavelength.

double  beam  spectrum -  a  transmission  or  absorbance  spectrum
    derived  by dividing  the sample  single beam  spectrum  by the
    background spectrum.

    Note:   The term  "double-beam" is  used elsewhere  to denote a
    spectrum in   which  the  sample and background interferograms
    are   collected   simultaneously '  along  physically  distinct
    absorption  paths.    Here,  the  term  denotes  a  spectrum  in
    which  the sample and background interferograms are collected
    at different  times along the  same  absorption  path.

fast  Fourier  transform  (FPT)  -  a  method  of  speeding  up the
    computation   of  a discrete   FT  by  factoring  the  data into
    sparse matrices  containing mostly zeros.

flyback - interferometer  motion during which no data are
      recorded.

Fourier transform (FT)  -  the mathematical  process for converting
    an   amplitude -time   spectrum   to  an   amplitude -frequency
    spectrum,  or  vice versa.

Fourier  transform infrared  (FTIR)  spectrometer  -  an analytical
    system  that   employs  a  source of  mid- infrared radiation,  an
    interferometer,  an enclosed  sample  cell  of known absorption
    pathlength,   an   infrared detector,   optical  elements  that
    transfer  infrared   radiation   between   components,   and   a
    computer  system.     The    time-domain   detector  response
     (interferogram)  is processed by a Fourier transform to  yield
    a  representation of the  detector  response  vs.  infrared
    frequency.

    Note;    When  FTIR  spectrometers  are  interfaced  with  other
    instruments,  a slash should be used to denote the interface;
    e.g.,  GC/FTIR;  HPCL/FTIR,  and  the use of  FTIR  should  be
    explicit;  i.e.,  FTIR  not IR.

frequency, v - the number of cycles  per  unit  time.

infrared  - the portion of the electromagnetic spectrum containing
    wavelengths  from approximately  0.78  to 800  microns.

interferogram,  I(ff)   - record of the  modulated component  of  the
    interference  signal  measured as a function of retardation by
    the detector.

-------
EPA PTIR protocol                                            Paae 14
     - •
interferometer  -  device  that  divides  a  beam  of  radiant energy
    into  two  or more paths, generate  an  optical path difference
    between the beams,  and  recombines them in order to produce
    repetitive  interference maxima and  minima  as  the optical
    retardation is varied.

linewidth - the full  width at  half maximum of an absorption band
    in units of wavenumbers  (cm"1) .

mid- infrared  -  the region of  the  electromagnetic  spectrum from
    approximately 400 to  5000  cm"1.

pathlength - see "absorption pathlength."

reference  spectra  -  absorption  spectra  of   gases  with  known
    chemical   compositions,   recorded  at   a   known  absorption
    pathlength, which are  used  in the quantitative  analysis of
    gas samples.

retardation, 
-------
EPA FTIR Protocol                                            _
A"tr-nf w,  T»q* __ _ _                     fage is
wavenumber, v  - the number  of  waves  per  unit  length.

    NQ£e.:    The  usual  unit  of  wavenumber  is  the  reciprocal
    centimeter,  cm x .    The wavenumber  is  the  reciprocal of the
    wavelength, X, when X  is expressed in centimeters.

zero- filling - the addition of zero- valued points  to the  end of a
    measured interferogram.

    Nat£:    Performing  the  FT of  a  zero- filled interferogram
    results  in  correctly  interpolated  points  in  the   computed
    spectrum.


A. 2  Definitions of Mathematical Symbols

A, absorbance  - the  logarithm to the base 10  of  the reciprocal of
     tne  transmittance (T) .


                       A =  Iog10 -   = -log10T                   (1)
       -  band area  of  the  itn  analyte  in the  mtn  analytical
     region,   at  the  concentration   (CL^)  corresponding  to  the
     product  of its required detection limit  (DL^) and  analytical
     uncertainty  limit
       -  average  absorbance  of  the  ith  analyte  in  the  mtn
    analytical  region, at  the concentration  (CLj)  corresponding
    to  the  product of  its required  detection  limit  (DL^_)  and
    analytical  uncertainty limit (AUj_)  .

ASC, accepted standard concentration -  the concentration  value
    assigned to a chemical standard.

ASCPP, accepted standard  concentration-pathlength product - for
    a  chemical  standard,  the  product of  the  ASC and  the  sample
    absorption   pathlength.    The  units  " centimeters -ppm"  or
    "meters-ppm"  are recommended.

  j,  analytical  uncertainty  limit  -  the  maximum  permissible
    fractional   uncertainty  of   analysis  for  the  i1-"   analyte
    concentration,   expressed  as  a  fraction   of   the   analyte
    concentration determined in the analysis.

AVTm  -  average  estimated  total  absorbance in the mtl;i  analytical
    region.

       - estimated concentration  of the ktn known interferant.

       - estimated maximum concentration of the ith analyte.

-------
KPA FTIR Protocol                                             Paqe 16
lug,,.* 1* 10Q6 _ 3

CPOTj - estimated concentration of the jtn potential  interferant.


     required  detection limit - for  the  itn analyte, the lowest
    concentration   of   the   analyte   for   which   its   overall
    fractional  uncertainty  (OFUj)  is required  to be  less  than
    the analytical uncertainty  limit  (AUj_) .

    - center wavenumber position of the mtn  analytical  region.

    , fractional analytical  uncertainty - calculated uncertainty
    in  the  measured concentration of  the  itn analyte because of
    errors  in  the  mathematical  comparison  of  reference  and
    sample  spectra.

    , fractional calibration uncertainty  - calculated uncertainty
    in  the  measured concentration of  the  itn analyte because of
    errors  in  Beer's  law  modeling  of   the reference   spectra
    concentrations .

      - lower  wavenumber  .position  of the  CTS  absorption  band
    associated with  the  mtw  analytical  region.

PPUm  - upper  wavenumber  .position  of the  CTS  absorption  band
    associated with  the  mttt  analytical  region.

    - lower wavenumber position of the mtn analytical region.

    ,  fractional  model  uncertainty   -  calculated uncertainty in
    the  measured  concentration of  the  itn analyte  because  of
    errors  in  the  absorption model employed.

FNL - lower wavenumber position of the CTS spectrum containing an
    absorption band  at  least as narrow as the analyte  absorption
    bands .

PNjj - upper wavenumber position of the CTS spectrum containing an
    absorption band  at  least as narrow as the analyte  absorption
    bands .

    ,   fractional   reproducibility   uncertainty   -    calculated
    uncertainty in the  measured concentration of  the itn  analyte
    because of  errors in the reproducibility of  spectra from  the
    FTIR system.
PU  - upper wavenumber position of  the mtn analytical  region.

       -  band  area of the  jtn potential  interferant  in the
    analytical region,  at its expected concentration (CPOTj).

       -  average  absorbance   of  the  itn  analyte  in  the
analytical   region,  at its expected concentration  (CPOTj).

-------
   PTIR ProtOCOl                                            Dxrra 1 1
         iggg                 • -                           *age i /
ISCi or  k'  indicated standard  concentration -  the concentration
    from the   computerized   analytical  program  for  a  single-
    compound  reference  spectrum for the 1th analyte or ktH known
    interferant.

kPa - kilo-Pascal  (see  Pascal) .

Ls' " estimated sample  absorption pathlength.

LR - reference absorption pathlength.

Ls - actual sample absorption pathlength.

     - mean of  the MAUim over the appropriate analytical regions.
MAUim'  ainiaum  analyte  uncertainty  -  the  calculated  minimum
    concentration   for  which  the  analytical  uncertainty  limit
     (AUj_)   in  the  measurement  of  the  itn  analyte,  based  on
    spectral   data  in   the  mtn  analytical   region,   can  be
    maintained.

MIUj  - mean of the  MIUjm  over  the  appropriate analytical regions.

MITJjm/ minimum interferant  uncertainty -  the calculated minimum
    concentration   for  which  the  analytical  uncertainty  limit
    CPOT.j/20  in  the measurement of the jtn  interferant, based on
    spectral   data  in   the  mtn  analytical   region,   can  be
    maintained.

MIL,  minimum  instrumental linewidth - the minimum linewidth from
    the  FTIR  system,  in wavenumbers .

    Note:   The MIL of a system may be  determined by observing an
    absorption   band    known    (through    higher    resolution
    examinations)  to be  narrower than  indicated  by the system.
    The  MIL is  fundamentally  limited  by  the retardation of the
    interferometer,  but  is also  affected  by other operational
    parameters (e.g.,  the choice of apodization) .

Nj_  -  number of analytes.

NJ  -  number of potential  interferants.

Nj.  -  number of known  interferants .

N      -  the number  of  scans averaged to obtain an  interferogram.

OPUj  - the  overall  fractional  uncertainty in an analyte
     concentration  determined  in  the analysis (OFUi - MAX{FRUi(
     FCUif  FAUif  FMUi)) .

Pascal  (Pa)  -  metric  unit of static pressure, equal  to  one  Newton
    per  square  meter;  one atmosphere  is   equal  to 101,325  Pa;

-------
BPA PTIR Protocol                                             Paae> TB
      n,                                                   Page 1B
    1/760  atmosphere  (one  Torr,  or one millimeter Hg)  is  equal
    to 133.322  Pa.
pmin  "  minimum  pressure  of  the  sampling  system  during  the
sampling     procedure.
PS' - estimated sample pressure.
PR - reference pressure.
Pg - actual sample pressure.
       -  measured noise  level  of the  FTIR  system  in  the  m*-*1
    analytical  region.
RMSD,  root  mean  square  difference  -  a  measure  of  accuracy
    determined  by the  following equation:
                        RMSD =
                                                              (2)
    where:
       n -   the  number of observations  for which the accuracy  is
            determined.
      6j_ =   the  difference between a measured value  of  a  property
            and  its  mean value over the n observations.
    Note;    The  RMSD  value  "between  a  set  of  n  contiguous
    absorbance  values  (Ai)  and  the mean  of  the values"  (Aj^)  is
    defined as
                      RMSD
                                                              (3)
    _  - the  (calculated)  final  concentration of the i   analyte.
      -  the  (calculated)  final  concentration of  the kth  known
     interferant.
tscan/  scan  *"li"*  -  time  used  to  acquire  a  single  scan,  not
     including flyback.
ts,  signal  integration  period - the  period of time over which an
     inter ferogram  is  averaged   by  addition  and   scaling  of
     individual scans.  In terms of the number of  scans Ngcan and
     scan  time tgcan/  ts - Ngcantgcan.
tSR  -  signal  integration period used in recording reference
     spectra.

-------
EPA PTIR Protocol                                            Paqe 19
AiijUjt- 1 A IQQg                                                	

tgg - signal integration period used  in  recording sample spectra.

TR -  absolute temperature  of gases  used  in recording reference
    spectra.

TS - absolute temperature of  sample gas  as  sample spectra are
    recorded.

TP, Throughput  - manufacturer's  estimate  of the fraction of the
    total  infrared power transmitted by the absorption cell and
    transfer optics from the interferometer to the  detector.

Vgg - volume of  the infrared absorption  cell,  including parts of
    attached tubing.

wik  "   weight  used  to  average  over analytical  regions  k for
    quantities  related to the analyte i; see Appendix D.

Note  that  some terms  are missing, e.g., BAVm,  OCU,  RMSSm,  SUBS,
SIC±I  SAC^  Ss

-------
EPA PTIR Protocol                                             Paae  2D
ing..-*. IA iQQg	 a ..  u

                            APPENDIX B

                IDENTIFYING SPECTRAL  INTERFERANTS


B.I  General

    B.l.l   Assume  a  fixed absorption  pathlength  equal  to the
value Ls'.

    B.I.2   Use  band area  calculations  to  compare the  relative
absorption strengths  of  the analytes and potential  interferants.
In the mtn analytical region  (FI^  to  FUm), use  either  rectangular
or  trapezoidal   approximations  to  determine  the   band   areas
described below  (see  Reference A,  Sections A.3.1  through  A.3.3);
document any baseline corrections  applied to  the spectra.

    B.I.3   Use the average total  abso'rbance of the analytes and
potential  interferants  in  each  analytical   region  to  determine
whether   the   analytical  region   is   suitable   for   analyte
concentration determinations.

    Note;   The average absorbance in an analytical  region  is the
    band area divided by the width  of  the  analytical  region  in
    wavenumbers.   The average  total  absorbance in  an analytical
    region  is  the sum of the average absorbances  of all analytes
    and potential interferants.


B.2  Calculations

    B.2.1   Prepare  spectral  representations of  each analyte  at
the  concentration CLj_  =  (DLj_) (AUj_) ,  where   DLj  is the  required
detection  limit  and  AU^ is  the  maximum permissible  analytical
uncertainty.   For the m*"  analytical region,  calculate  the band
area  (AAIj_m)  and average  absorbance (AAVj_m)  from these  scaled
analyte  spectra.

    B.2.2    Prepare  spectral  representations  of  each  potential
interferant  at its expected  concentration  (CPOT^).    For  the mtn
analytical  region,  calculate  the  band  area  (IAlj_)  and  average
absorbance   (IAVjm)   from  these  scaled  potential  interferant
spectra.

    B.2.3    Repeat  the  calculation  for  each  analytical  region,
and record  the band area results  in matrix  form  as  indicated  in
Figure  B.I.

    B.2.4   If the band area  of  any  potential interferant  in  an
analytical  region is greater  than the one-half the band  area  of
any analyte  (i.e.,  lAIj™ > 0.5 AAIim for any pair ij  and any m) ,
classify the potential  interferant  as known interferant.   Label
the known  interferants k - l to K.   Record  the results in matrix
form as  indicated in  Figure B.2.

-------
   PTIR Protocol                                            Page 21
    B.2.5    Calculate the  average  total  absorbance  (AVT_)  for
                                                           m'
each analytical  region and record the values  in the last row of
the matrix described in Figure B.2.   Any analytical region where
AVTm >2.0 is unsuitable.
  FIGURE B.I  Presentation of Potential Interferant Calculations
                            Analytical  Regions
                            1    ....    M
Analyte Labels
     Potential Interferant
         Labels
                            AAIZ1  .   .'  .  AAIIM
                                       .   .  IAI1M
                            IAIJ:L
   FIGURE B.2  Presentation of Known Interferant Calculations
                            Analytical Regions
                            1   ....   M
     Analyte Labels
     Known Interferant
        Labels
         K                  IAIK1

     Total Average
                                            .  AAI1M
                                             AAIIM
                                              IAI1M
       Absorbance             K^^          AVTM

-------
KPA PTIR Protocol
iii>ni««- i1. 1
                                                           Page  22
                            APPENDIX C
                     ESTIMATING NOISE LEVELS
C.1  General
    C.l.l     The  root -mean -square  (RMS)  noise  level   is   the
standard measure of  noise in this Protocol.  The RMS  noise  level
of  a  contiguous segment  of a  spectrum  is  defined  as  the  RMS
difference  (RMSD)  between  the  absorbance  values  which form  the
segment and the  mean value  of that segment (see  Appendix A) .

    C.I. 2      The  RMS  noise  value  in  double -beam  absorbance
spectra  is assumed  to  be  inversely  proportional  to:    (a)  the
square root of the signal  integration  period  of  the  sample single
beam  spectra  from  which  it  is formed,  and  (b)  to the  total
infrared   power   transmitted   through  the  interferometer   and
absorption cell.

    C.I. 3   Practically,  the assumption of  C.I. 2  allow  the  RMS
noise  level  of  a  complete system  to  be  estimated  from  the
following  four quantities:
     (a)  RMSj.jkjj -  the  noise  level  of the  system  (in  absorbance
         units) ,  without the absorption cell and  transfer optics,
         under those conditions  necessary to yield  the  specified
         minimum  instrumental  linewidth.  e.g.,   Jacquinot  stop
         size.
     (b)


     (c)

     (d)
         tMAN  "  tne  manufacturer's signal  integration time  used
         to  determine
         -ss
             -  the  signal  integration time for the analyses.
        TP  -  the manufacturer's  estimate  of the fraction of  the
        total  infrared power  transmitted  by the absorption  cell
        and  transfer  optics   from  the  interferometer  to   the
        detector.
C . 2  Calculation*

    C.2.1   Obtain  the values of  RMS
                                      MAN/
                                                  and TP  from the
manufacturers  of the equipment,  or determine the  noise  level by
direct   measurements  with  the   completely  constructed  system
proposed in  Section 4.
     C.2.2
follows:
            Calculate  the  noise value  of  the system  (RMSEST)  as
                      RMS
                         EST
                              RMSMAN TP \
                                                               (4)
                                          -MAN

-------
BPA PTIR Protocol                                            p    ->,
Ai.q,.-.. ,* 1QQ*	Page 23

                            APPENDIX D

          ESTIMATING MINIMUM CONCENTRATION MEASUREMENT
                   UNCERTAINTIES  (MAU and MIU)


D.I  General

    Estimate the minimum concentration measurement uncertainties
for the iu" analyte  (MAU^  and  jtn  interferant  (MIU.,)  based on
the spectral data in the mcn analytical  region by comparing the
analyte band area in the  analytical  region  (AAIim) and estimating
or measuring the  noise  level of the  system  (RMSEST or RMSSm) .

    Note:   For a  single  analytical .region,  the MAU or MIU  value
    is  the  concentration of the analyte or  interferant for  which
    the  band  area is  equal  to  the  product  of  the analytical
    region  width  (in   wavenumbers)  and the noise level  of the
    system   (in absorbance  units) .    If data  from  more  than one
    analytical  region  is used in the  determination of an analyte
    concentration, the MAU  or MIU  is the  mean  of the separate
    MAU or  MIU  values  calculated  for each analytical  region.


D.2  Calculations

    D.2.1    For   each  analytical  region,   set RMS  =  RMSsm if
measured  (Appendix G) ,  or set RMS =  RMSEST  if estimated  (Appendix
C) .

    D.2.2    For   each  analyte  associated  with  the analytical
region, calculate
                         (RMS) (DL,) (AUt) 1   "   ""'              (5)
                                             la
     D.2. 3     If  only  the  mth  analytical  region  is  used  to
calculate  the concentration of the itn analyte,  set MAUi = MAUim.
     D.2. 4    If   a   number  of  analytical  regions  are  used  to
calculate the concentration of the icn analyte, set MAUt equal to
the  weighted  mean  of the  appropriate  MAUim values  calculated
above;  the  weight   for  each term in  the  mean  is  equal  to  the
fraction of the  total wavenumber range  used  for the calculation
represented by each  analytical region.    Mathematically,  if  the
set  of  analytical regions employed is  {m' } , then the MAU for each
analytical region is

-------
EPA FTIR Protocol                                             Page 24
*	 -'  iqqg	



                               ~   Wik  MAUik
where the weight W^ is defined for each term  in  the  sum as


                 Wi* =(FMx-FLk)  £   [FMp-PLpl               (7)
     D.2.5  Repeat  Sections D.2.1  through D.2.4 to  calculate the
analogous values MIU-i  for  the interferants  j  = l to J.   Replace
the  value   (AU.j_) (DLO   in   the  above  equations  with  CPOTj/20;
replace  the  value AAIim in the above  equations with  IAIjm.

-------
SPA PTIR Protocol
                            APPENDIX E

    DETERMINING FRACTIONAL REPRODUCIBILITY UNCERTAINTIES (FRU)

E.I  General

    To  estimate the reproducibility of the spectroscopic results
of the  system,  compare the CTS spectra recorded before and after
preparing the  reference spectra.   Compare the difference between
the spectra  to their average band area.  Perform the calculation
for each analytical  region on the  portions  of  the  CTS spectra
associated with that  analytical region.

E.2  Calculations

    E.2.1  The CTS spectra {Rl} consist of N spectra, denoted by
sli'  i*1'  N-    Similarly,  the CTS  spectra  {R2}  consist  of  N
spectra, denoted by S2±, i-l, N.   Each Ski  is the spectrum of a
single  compound,  where  i  denotes  the  compound  and  Ic denotes
the set  {Rk}  of which  S   is a  member.   Form the  spectra S
according  to S3i  -  S2i~li  for  eacn  i-   Form  the  spectra S4
according to S4i -  [S2jL-i-SliI/2  for each  i.

    E.2. 2   Each analytical region m is associated with a portion
of  the  CTS  spectra  So^  and S,^,  for a  particular i,  with lower
and upper wavenumber limits FFl^ and FFUm/  respectively.

    E.2. 3   For each m and the  associated  i,  calculate the band
area  of S4j_ in the wavenumber  range  FFU_ to  FFI^.   Follow the
guidelines  of  Section  B.I. 2  for this  band  area  calculation.
Denote  the  result by BAVm.

    E.2. 4   For each m and the  associated  i,  calculate the RMSD
of  S3i between the  absorbance values  and their  mean  in  the
wavenumber  range FFUm to FFI^.   Denote  the  result  by SRMSm.

    E.2. 5   For  each analytical  region  m,  calculate the quantity

                          SRMSm(FFUm-FFLm)/BAVm
     E.2. 6     If  only  the  mth  analytical  region  is   used   to
calculate  the concentration of the icn analyte,  set FRU.j_  =
     E.2. 7    If a  number p^  of  analytical  regions  are  used  to
calculate the  concentration of the itn analyte,  set FRUi  equal  to
the  weighted mean  of  the appropriate FM^ values  calculated above.
Mathematically,  if  the  set of  analytical  regions  employed  is
{m' } , then
                                    Wik FMX                      (8)



where  the Wik are calculated as described in Appendix D.

-------
BPA PTIR Protocol                                            P= fro ~> C.
                                                               26
                            APPENDIX F

      DETERMINING FRACTIONAL CALIBRATION UNCERTAINTIES (ECU)

F . 1  General

    F.l.l     The  concentrations  yielded  by  the   computerized
analytical  program  applied  to  each  single -compound  reference
spectrum  are defined  as  the indicated  standard concentrations
(ISC's).   The ISC values  for a  single compound spectrum should
ideally equal  the accepted standard  concentration  (ASC)  for one
analyte or  interferant,  and should ideally be  zero for all other
compounds.  Variations from these  results are caused  by errors in
the  ASC values,  variations  from  the Beer's  law  (or  modified
Beer's law) model used to determine the concentrations, and noise
in  the  spectra.   When the  first  two  effects dominate,  the
systematic  nature of  the errors is often apparent;  take steps to
correct them.

    F.I. 2   When the  calibration error  appears non- systematic,
apply the following method  to estimate  the  fractional calibration
uncertainty  (FCU)  for each compound.   The  FCU  is defined as the
mean  fractional  error  between  the  ASC  and  the  ISC   for  all
reference spectra  with non- zero ASC  for  that  compound.   The FCU
for  each compound  shall  be  less  than the  required fractional
uncertainty specified  in Section  4.1.

    F.I. 3   The  computerized analytical  programs shall  also be
required  to yield  acceptably  low concentrations  for compounds
with  ISC=0  when  applied to  the  reference spectra.   The limits
chosen  in  this   Protocol   are  that  the  ISC  of  each reference
spectrum  for each analyte  or interferant  shall  not  exceed  that
compound's minimum measurement  uncertainty  (MAU  or MIU) .


F.2  Calculations

    F.2.1    Apply  each  analytical  program  to each reference
spectrum.    Prepare  a  similar  table  as  that  in Figure  F.I to
present the ISC  and ASC values  for each analyte and  interferant
in each reference spectrum.  Maintain the  order  of reference  file
names and compounds employed  in preparing  Figure F.l.

    F.2. 2   For all reference spectra in Figure  F.l, verify  that
the absolute  value  of the  ISC's are  less than the compound's MAU
(for analytes) or MIU (for  interferants) .

    F.2. 3    For  each  analyte reference  spectrum,  calculate the
quantity  (ASC- ISC) /ASC.   For each analyte, calculate the mean of
these  values (the FCUj_  for the  itn  analyte)  over all reference
spectra.    Prepare  a  similar  table  as  that  in Figure  F.2 to
present the FCUi and analytical uncertainty limit  (AU^  for  each
analyte.

-------
KPA FTIR Protocol
       1A.
Page 27
                                  FIGURE F.I

               Presentation of Accepted Standard Concentrations (ASC's)
                     and Indicated Standard Concentrations (ISC's)
Compound
Name



Reference
Spectrum
FUe Name



ASC
(ppm)



Analytes
•






ISC (ppm)
Interferants
	 I
= 1
J














                                   FIGURE F.2

               Presentation of Fractional Calibration Uncertainties (FCU's)
                          and Analytical Uncertainties (AU's)
Analyte
Name


FOJ
(%)


AU
(%)



-------
BPA PTIR Protocol                                             Paqe  28
lug,..*- 1i IQQfi	 -


                            APPENDIX G


                      MEASURING NOISE LEVELS
G.I  General

    The   root-mean-square  (RMS)   noise  level   is   the  standard
measure of noise.  The RMS noise  level  of  a  contiguous  segment  of
a  spectrum is the RMSD  between  the  absorbance values that  form
the segment and the mean  value  of the segment  (see  Appendix A).


G.2  Calculations

    G.2.1   Evacuate the absorption  cell  or  fill  it with UPC
grade nitrogen at approximately one atmosphere  total pressure.

    G.2.2  Record two single  beam spectra  of  signal  integration
period tss.

    G.2.3  Form  the  double beam absorption spectrum  from these
two single beam spectra, and  calculate the noise  level  RMSsm  ^n
the M analytical  regions.

-------
EPA PTIR Protocol
                            APPENDIX H

        DETERMINING SAMPLE ABSORPTION PATHLENGTH  (LQ) AND
             FRACTIONAL ANALYTICAL UNCERTAINTY  (FAUJ


H.I  General

    Reference  spectra  recorded  at  absorption  pathlength  (L«) ,
gas pressure  (PR) ,  and gas absolute temperature  (TR) may be used
to determine analyte  concentrations in samples whose spectra are
recorded  at  conditions  different   from  that  of  the  reference
spectra,   i.e.,   at   absorption   pathlength   (Ls) ,   absolute
temperature  (Ts) ,  and pressure  (Ps) .   Appendix  H describes the
calculations for  estimating the  fractional  uncertainty (FAU)  of
this   practice.     It   also  describes   the  calculations  for
determining  the  sample absorption  pathlength from comparison of
CTS spectra,  and for preparing  spectra for  further  instrumental
and procedural checks .

    H.I.I    Before  sampling,  determine  the  sample  absorption
pathlength  using least  squares  analysis.    Determine  the  ratio
LS/LR  by comparing the  spectral sets  {Rl}   and  {R3},  which are
recorded using the  same CTS  at LS and LR, and TS  and  TR, but both
at PR.

    H.I. 2   Determine  the fractional  analysis uncertainty  (FAU)
for each analyte by comparing a  scaled  CTS spectral  set, recorded
at Ls,  TS,  and  Pg,  to the CTS reference spectra  of the same gas,
recorded at  LR,  TR, and PR.  Perform the quantitative  comparison
after  recording the sample  spectra, based on  band areas  of the
spectra in the CTS  absorbance band  associated with each analyte.


H.2  Calculations

    H.2.1    Absorption  Pathlength  Determination.    Perform and
document separate  linear baseline corrections  to each  analytical
region in  the  spectral  sets  {Rl}  and  {R3}.     Form   a one-
dimensional  array AR  containing the absorbance  values from all
segments of  {Rl} that  are associated with  the analytical regions;
the members  of  the  array are ARi, i -  l, n.   Form a  similar one-
dimensional  array  Ao from  the  absorbance  values  in  the spectral
set {R3};  the  members of the array  are Asi,  i - l,  n.  Based  on
the model  A~ - rAR +  B,  determine  the least -squares estimate  of
r' ,  the  value  or  r which minimizes   the  square  error E .
Calculate the sample  absorption  pathlength Lg - r'(Ts/TR)LR.

    H  2.2     Fractional   Analysis   Uncertainty-      Perform and
document separate  linear baseline corrections  to each  analytical
reqion in  the  spectral sets  {Rl}  and {R4}.   Form  the  arrays   Ag
and AD as  described in Section  H.2.1,  using values  from  {Rl}  to
form X, and values from  {R4}  to form Ag.   Calculate the values

-------
EPA PTIR Protocol
liimial- 1 A  1 QQC
                                                              Page 30
                 NRMSE =
                           §
-I^II^II^IA,
                                          R; v CR

                                                                  (9)
and
                  TA   -
                  IAAV ~  T
                                                                 (10)
The fractional analytical uncertainty is defined  as
                             FAU =
                                   NEWS,
                                    IA
                                      •AV
                                                                 (11)

-------
SPA PTIR Protocol
                            APPENDIX I

         DETERMINING FRACTIONAL MODEL UNCERTAINTIES  (FMU)


I . 1  General

    To prepare  analytical programs for FTIR analyses, the sample
constituents  must  first  be  assumed;  the  calculations  in  this
appendix, based  upon a simulation of the sample spectrum, verify
the appropriateness  of these assumptions.   The simulated spectra
consist of the sum of  single  compound reference spectra scaled to
represent their  contributions to the sample absorbance spectrum;
scaling   factors    are   based   on   the   indicated    standard
concentrations    (ISC)   and   measured   (sample)   analyte   and
interferant  concentrations,  the  sample and reference absorption
pathlengths,  and the  sample  and reference gas  pressures.   No
band- shape  correction for differences' in  the  temperature of the
sample  and  reference spectra gases  is made;  such  errors are
included  in the FMU estimate.   The  actual and simulated sample
spectra  are quantitatively  compared to determine the fractional
model  uncertainty;   this  comparison  uses   the  reference spectra
band areas  and residuals in  the  difference spectrum formed from
the actual and simulated  sample spectra.


1.2  Calculations

     1.2.1    For  each  analyte  (with  scaled concentration RSA^ ,
select   a   reference   spectrum  SA^   with  indicated   standard
concentration ISC^   Calculate the scaling  factors


                               TR Ls Ps RSAi
                         ^    TsLRPRISCi


and  form the spectra SA.C± by  scaling  each  SAt by the  factor RA^


     1.2.2   For each interferant,  select a  reference  spectrum SIk
with   indicated   standard  concentration  ISCk.     Calculate the
scaling  factors
                             =
                             =  TR Ls Ps
                               Ts LR PR ISC
and  form  the  spectra SIC^ by scaling each SIk by the factor RIk.

     I  2.3    For  each  analytical   region,  determine  by  visual
inspection  which  of the spectra SACi  and SICk exhibit absorbance
bands  within  the  analytical region.   Subtract each spectrum SACi

-------
EPA PTIR Protocol                                             Paqe 32
ln-M«»- 1 A 1
and  SICfc exhibiting  absorbance from  the sample  spectrum So  to
form the  spectrum SUBg.  To  save  analysis time and  to  avoicf the
introduction  of  unwanted noise  into the subtracted  spectrum,  it
is  recommended that  the  calculation be  made  (l)  only  for  those
spectral  data points within  the analytical regions,  and  (2)  for
each analytical  region  separately  using the  original spectrum Sg.

     1.2.4   For each analytical region m, calculate  the  RMSD of
SUBg between  the absorbance  values  and their mean  in the region
FFUm to  FFI^.  Denote the result by  RMSSm.
     1.2.5   For each analyte i,  calculate the quantity
                         RMSS_ ( FFU_ - FFL_ \ AIL DL±
                   FM_ = - 5_i - 2 —  ^V - i - i              (14)
                    ^"           AAI< RSA,
for each analytical  region associated with the analyte.

    1.2.6     If  only  the  mtn  analytical  region  is  used  to
calculate  the concentration of the itn analyte, set
     1.2.7    If   a  number  of  analytical  regions  are  used  to
calculate the concentration of the ith  analyte,  set FMi equal to
the  weighted mean of  the appropriate FM^j values calculated above.
Mathematically,   if  the  set  of  analytical  regions employed  is
{m' } ,  then
                                     ik   Vc                     (15)
                               ke(m')
where  Wik is calculated as described in Appendix D.

-------
EPA PTIR Protocol                                             Paqe  33
ing,,-* 1A  IQQfi	.	3

                            APPENDIX J

      DETERMINING  OVERALL CONCENTRATION UNCERTAINTIES  (OCU)


    The  calculations   in  previous   sections  and   appendices
estimate   the   measurement   uncertainties   for   various   FTIR
measurements.      The  lowest   possible   overall   concentration
uncertainty  (OCU)  for  an analyte is  its  MAU value, which  is  an
estimate  of  the absolute  concentration uncertainty  when spectral
noise  dominates the  measurement  error.  However, if  the  product
of  the largest  fractional  concentration  uncertainty  (FRU,  FCU,
FAU, or FMU)  and the measured concentration of an analyte exceeds
the  MAU  for the  analyte,  then  the  OCU  is this  product.   In
mathematical terms,  set  OFUi -  MAX^RU^  FCUif FAUif  FMU.^}  and
     =  MAX{RSAOFU

-------
EPA PTIR Protocol
                                                           Paap
                                                            ^
                            APPENDIX K

                SPECTRAL DE- RESOLUTION  PROCEDURES
K.I  General.
    High  resolution  reference  spectra  can  be  converted  into
lower  resolution   standard  spectra  for  use  in  quantitative
analysis  of  sample spectra.   This  is accomplished by  truncating
the number  of data points  in the  original  reference  sample and
background interf erograms .

    De- resolved  spectra must  meet  the following requirements to
be used in quantitative analysis.

     (a) The   resolution  must  match  the  instrument   sampling
resolution.   This  is  verified  by  comparing a  de- resolved CTS
spectrum  to a CTS spectrum  measured  on the sampling instrument.

     (b) The  Fourier  transformation  of  truncated interferograms
(and  their  conversion to absorbance spectra)  is performed  using
the   same   apodization    function    (and   other   mathematical
corrections)  used in  converting the  sample interferograms  into
absorbance spectra.


K . 2  Procedures

    This  section details three  alternative  procedures using two
different commercially available  software packages.   A  similar
procedures using another  software packages is  acceptable  if  it is
based on  truncation of the original  reference interferograms and
the results are verified  by Section  K.3.

    K.2.1    KVB/Analect  Software   Procedure   -  The  following
example converts a  0.25 cm'1 100 ppm ethylene  spectrum (cts0305a)
to  1  cm"1 resolution.  The 0.25 cm"1 CTS spectrum was collected
during the EPA  reference  spectrum program on March 5,  1992.  The
original  data  (in  this  example)  are  in KVB/Analect FX-70  format.

     (i)    decamp  cts0305a.aif, 0305dres, 1, 16384, 1

     ndecomp"  converts  cts0305a  to  an  ASCII   file   with  name
0305dres.  The resulting  ASCII interf erogram file is  truncated to
16384   data    points.       Convert  background   interf erogram
(bkg0305a.aif ) to  ASCII in  the same way.

     (ii)   compose 0305dres, 0305dres.aif ,1

"Compose" transforms  truncated  interferograms  back to  spectral
format.

-------
SPA PTIR Protocol
     (iii)  IG2SP 0305dres.aif,0305dre8.dsf,3,l,low on'1, high cm'1


     "IG2SP"  converts  interferogram  to  a  single beam spectrum
using Norton-Beer  medium apodization,  3,  and no zero filling,  1.
De- resolved  interferograms should be  transformed  using the same
apodization  and zero  filling that will be used to collect sample
spectra.  Choose the  desired low  and high frequencies,  in cm'1.
Transform the background interferogram in the same way.

     (iv)   DVDR 0305dres.dBf,bkg0305a.dsf,0305dres.dlf

     "DVDR"  ratios  the  transformed  sample  spectrum  against  the
background.

     (v)    ABSB 0305dres.dlf ,0305dres.dlf

"ABSB" converts the spectrum to absorbance.

     The  resolution of the  resulting  spectrum should be verified
by   comparison   to a CTS   spectrum   collected  at  the  nominal
resolution.  Refer to Section K.3.

     K.2.2   Alternate KVB/Analect Procedure   --   In  either DOS
(FX-70)  or  Windows  version  (FX-80)   use  the  "Extract"  command
directly on  the interferogram.

     (i)    EXTRACT CTS0305a.aif,0305dres.aif,l, 16384

     "Extract"  truncates  the interferogram to data points from to
16384  (or  number of data points  for desired nominal resolution)  .
Truncate background interferogram in  the same way.

     (ii)   Complete steps (iii) to (v)  in Section  K.2.1.

     K.2.3    Grams™ Software  Procedure  -  Grams™ is  a software
package  that displays and  manipulates  spectra  from  a variety of
instrument  manufacturers.    32lis procedure  assumes  familiarity
with basic functions  of  Grams™.

     This  procedure is specifically for using  Grams  to truncate
and  transform  reference interferograms that have been imported
into Grams  from  the   KVB/Analect  format.   Table  K-l  shows data
files  and  parameter values  that  are  used  in the  following
procedure.

     The  choice  of all parameters  in the ICOMPUTE.AB call of step
3 below  should be fixed to the  shown values, with the exception
of  the "Apodization"  parameter.    This parameter should  be  set
(for both  background  and  sample  single beam conversions)  to  the
type of  apodization function chosen for the  de- resolved spectral
library.

     TABLE  K-l.   GRAMS DATA FILES  AND DE - RESOLUTION PARAMETERS.

-------
BPA PTIR Protocol
      iA iaac	
                                 Page 36
Desired Nominal Spectral
Resolution (cm"1)
0.25
0.50
1.0
2.0
Data File Name
Z00250.sav
ZOOSOO.sav
Z01000 .sav
Z02000.sav
Parameter "N"
Value
65537
32769
16385
8193
 (i)   Import using  "File/Import1
all open data slots.
         the desired *.aif  file.   Clear
 (ii)  Open the resulting  *.spc  interferogram as  file  #1.

 (iii)   Xflip - If  the x-axis  is  increasing from left to  right,
and  the ZPD burst  appears  near the left  end of the  trace,  omit
 this step.

In  the  "Arithmetic/Calc"  menu item  input  box,  type  the  text
below.   Perform  the calculation by clicking  on  "OK"  (once  only),
and,  when  the  calculation  is complete,  click  the  "Continue"
button  to  proceed to step  (iv) .   Note the comment in  step (iii)
regarding the trace orientation.

     xflip:*8.*s(*0,*N)+50

     (iv)    Run  ICOMPDTB.AB  from  "Arithmetic/Do  Program"   menu.
 Ignore  the "subscripting  error," if  it occurs.

     The following  menu  choices should  be made before execution
of  the program  (refer to  Table  K-l  for  the  correct choice  of
 "N":)
     First:  N
     Zero Fill:  None
     Phasing:  User
     Points: 1024
     Calculate
  Last: 0      Type: Single Beam
             Apodization:  (as desired)
Interpolation: Linear
Phase
     (v)   As  in step  (iii) ,  in  the "Arithmetic/Calc" menu  item
enter  and then run the  following commands  (refer to  Table  l for
appropriate   "FILB,"  which  may  be  in  a  directory  other  than
"c:\mdgrams.")

     setffp  7898.8805,  0 t  loadspc Mc:\mdgrams\ FILB"  : #2-#s+#2
     (vi)   Use  "Page Dp"  to  activate  file  #2,  and then  use the
"File/Save  As" menu  item  with an  appropriate file name  to  save
the result.
K.3   Verification of New Resolution

-------
EPA PTIR Protocol
      1A IQQfi
    K.3.1    Obtain   interferograms   of  reference   sample  and
background  spectra.    Truncate  interferograms  and  convert  to
absorbance spectra of desired nominal resolution.

    K.3.2    Document the apodization function, the level of zero
filling, the number  of data points, and the nominal resolution of
the resulting  de- resolved absorbance  spectra.   Use the identical
apodization  and  level  of  zero  filling  when  collecting  sample
spectra.

    K.3.3    Perform  the  same  de- resolution   procedure  on  CTS
interferograms   that  correspond  with   the   reference  spectra
(reference  CTS)  to  obtain de- resolved  CTS  standard spectra  (CTS
standards) .   Collect CTS spectra using  the  sampling  resolution
and the  FTIR system to be used for the field measurements  (test
CTS) .   If practical,  use the  same  pathlength, temperature, and
standard  concentration  that  were  used  for  the  reference CTS.
Verify,  by  the  following  procedure  that CTS  linewidths  and
intensities are  the  same  for  the CTS  standards  and the  test CTS.

    K.3.4    After applying necessary temperature and  pathlength
corrections   (document   these  corrections) ,   subtract  the  CTS
standard  from the  test  CTS spectrum.   Measure  the  RMSD  in the
resulting  subtracted spectrum in the analytical region(s)  of the
CTS band(s) .   Use the following equation to compare this RMSD to
the  test CTS  band  area.   The  ratio in equation 7 must  be no
greater  than  5 percent  (0.05).


                        j x n(FFUi -
                              - cose
RMSS-RMSD  in the itn analytical region in subtracted result,  test
CTS minus  CTS standard.

n-number of  data points  per cm"1.   Exclude zero filled  points.

FFU-  &-The upper and lower limits  (cm"1),  respectively,  of  the
FFL^  analytical region.

Atest.CTS.band area in the ith analytical region of the test CTS.

-------